CN103282717A - Temperature-stabilized storage systems - Google Patents

Abstract

Apparatus for use with substantially thermally sealed storage containers are described herein. These include an apparatus comprising a stored material module, a stabilizer unit, a stored material module cap and a central stabilizer unit. The apparatus also include a transportation stabilizer unit with dimensions corresponding to a substantially thermally sealed storage container with a flexible conduit. Methods and apparatus described herein relate to establishing and maintaining low gas pressure within a gas-sealed device fabricated from heat sensitive materials. Methods include transferring activated getters within the interior of an apparatus from regions fabricated from heat-resistant materials to interior regions of the gas-sealed device fabricated from heat-sensitive materials.

Description

The stocking system of temperature stabilization

The inventor: side-Li week, Jeffree F Dien, Lao Lunsimogenfule, William Gates, Zhan Niaizuhu, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card are reined in, the triumphant amber of mark K, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, interior gloomy Pegram, this R Peter of Nellie are gloomy, the special Green of Clarens T, step kwell Hao Er, charles Hui Temo, little Lowell L Wood and Ao Zueraimeike Ilyushin Di Limu

The cross reference of related application

The application relates to following listed application (" related application ") and requires the rights and interests of the operational live application day the earliest of these applications (for example, require the operational priority date the earliest except temporary patent application or required any and all original applications, lasted two generations (grandparent) application, last three generations (great-grandparent) rights and interests of applying for etc. for temporary patent application, these " related applications " according to 35USC § 119 (e)).All themes of any and all original applications of these related applications and these related applications, the application of last two generations, upward three generations's application etc. all are combined in this by reference, and its degree is to make this type of theme not conflict mutually with this paper.

Related application:

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " reservoir vessel of temperature stabilization (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS) " the 12/001st, a part continuation application of No. 757 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, the applying date is on December 11st, 2007, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " reservoir vessel (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS WITH DIRECTED ACCESS) with temperature stabilization of direct visit " the 12/006th, a part continuation application of No. 088 U.S. Patent application, the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, the applying date is on December 27th, 2007, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " stocking system of temperature stabilization (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS) " the 12/006th, a part continuation application of No. 089 U.S. Patent application, the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, the applying date is on December 27th, 2007, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " reservoir vessel (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS FOR MEDICINALS) that is used for the temperature stabilization of medical treatment product " the 12/008th, a part continuation application of No. 695 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on January 10th, 2008, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " manufacture method of the reservoir vessel of temperature stabilization (METHODS OF MANUFACTURING TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS) " the 12/012nd, a part continuation application of No. 490 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, William H Gates III, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on January 31st, 2008, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " the medical treatment product stocking system of temperature stabilization (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED MEDICINAL STORAGE SYSTEM) " the 12/077th, a part continuation application of No. 322 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, William Gates, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on March 17th, 2008, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " reservoir vessel and the correlation technique (STORAGE CONTAINER INCLUDING MULTI-LAYER INSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL HAVING BANDGAP MATERIAL AND RELATED METHODS) that comprise the multilayer heat insulation composite material with band gap material " the 12/152nd, a part continuation application of No. 465 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Geoffrey A Bauer of the invention of this application this, Rhoderick A Hai De, Mu Lier Y Yi Shikewa, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is reined in, Eric C Li Aosade, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, little Thomas J knob gold, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on May 13rd, 2008, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted the name be called " the multilayer heat insulation composite material that comprises band gap material; used its reservoir vessel and correlation technique (MULTI-LAYER INSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL INCLUDING BANDGAP MATERIAL; STORAGE CONTAINER USING SAME; AND RELATED METHODS) " the 12/152nd, a part continuation application of No. 467 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Geoffrey A Bauer of the invention of this application this, Rhoderick A Hai De, Mu Lier Y Yi Shikewa, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is reined in, Eric C Li Aosade, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, little Thomas J knob gold, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on May 13rd, 2008, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted the name be called " the multilayer heat insulation composite material with at least one heat-reflecting layer that has through hole; used its reservoir vessel and correlation technique (MULTI-LAYER INSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL HAVING AT LEAST ONE THERMALLY-REFLECTIVE LAYER WITH THROUGH OPENINGS; STORAGE CONTAINER USING SAME; AND RELATED METHODS) " the 12/220th, a part continuation application of No. 439 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Mu Lier Y Yi Shikewa, Qiao Ding T card is reined in, with little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on July 23rd, 2008, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application has constituted the part continuation application that name is called the PCT/US2008/013642 U.S. Patent application of " heat insulation composite material (INSULATION COMPOSITE MATERIAL HAVING AT LEAST ONE THERMALLY-REFLECTIVE LAYER) with at least one heat-reflecting layer ", the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Mu Lier Y Yi Shikewa, Qiao Ding T card is reined in, with little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on December 11st, 2008, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application has constituted the part continuation application that name is called the PCT/US2008/013643 U.S. Patent application of " stocking system of temperature stabilization (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS) ", the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, William Gates, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on December 11st, 2008, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application has constituted the part continuation application that name is called the PCT/US2008/013648 U.S. Patent application of " reservoir vessel (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS WITH DIRECTED ACCESS) with temperature stabilization of direct visit ", the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, William Gates, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on December 11st, 2008, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application has constituted the part continuation application that name is called the PCT/US2009/001715 U.S. Patent application of " the medical treatment product stocking system of temperature stabilization (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED MEDICINAL STORAGE SYSTEMS) ", the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, William Gates, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on March 16th, 2009, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " stocking system of temperature stabilization (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS) " the 12/658th, a part continuation application of No. 579 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Jeffree F of the invention of this application Dien, Lao Lunsimogenfule, William Gates, the grand Guo of son, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is reined in, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, interior gloomy Pegram, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on February 8th, 2010, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS) with temperature stabilization of flexible connector " the 12/927th, a part continuation application of No. 981 U.S. Patent applications, artificial side-Li week of the invention of this application, Jeffree F Dien, William Gates, the grand Guo of son, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on November 29th, 2010, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " comprise and be arranged to the stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS INCLUDING STORAGE STRUCTURES CONFIGURED FOR INTERCHANGEABLE STORAGE OF MODULAR UNITS) that modular unit exchanges the temperature stabilization of the memory structure that stores " the 12/927th, a part continuation application of No. 982 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Jeffree F of the invention of this application Dien, Lao Lunsimogenfule, William Gates, Zhan Niaizuhu, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is reined in, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, interior gloomy Pegram, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on November 29th, 2010, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application has constituted the part continuation application of PCT/US2011/000234 U.S. Patent application that name is called the stocking system " (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS) " of temperature stabilization, artificial side-Li week of the invention of this application, Jeffree F Dien, Lao Lunsimogenfule, William Gates, the grand Guo of son, Zhan Niaizuhu, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is reined in, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, interior gloomy Pegram, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on February 8th, 2011, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " in the inner space of the stocking system of temperature stabilization hypobaric foundation and keep (Establishment and Maintenance of Low Gas Pressure within Interior Spaces of Temperature-Stabilized Storage Systems) " the 13/200th, a part continuation application of No. 555 U.S. Patent applications, artificial side-Li week of the invention of this application, William Gates, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, charles Hui Temo, and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on September 23rd, 2011, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " being arranged to the storage of modular unit and the stocking system (TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE SYSTEMS CONFIGURED FOR STORAGE AND STABILIZATION OF MODULAR UNITS) of stable temperature stabilization " the 13/135th, a part continuation application of No. 126 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Jeffree F of the invention of this application Dien, Lao Lunsimogenfule, William Gates, Zhan Niaizuhu, Rhoderick A Hai De, Edward KY Jung, Qiao Ding T card is reined in, the triumphant amber of mark K, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, interior gloomy Pegram, this R Peter is gloomy for Nellie, the special Green of Clarens T, step kwell Hao Er, charles Hui Temo, little Lowell L Wood, and Ao Zueraimeike Ilyushin Di Limu, date of application is on June 23rd, 2011, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

Purpose for the requirement outside the USPTO rules, the application constituted name be called " manufacture method of the reservoir vessel of temperature stabilization (METHODS OF MANUFACTURING TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED STORAGE CONTAINERS) " the 13/199th, a part continuation application of No. 439 U.S. Patent applications, the artificial Rhoderick A of the invention of this application Hai De, Edward KY Jung, interior gloomy P Mi Fode, the special Green of Clarens T, William Gates, charles Hui Temo and little Lowell L Wood, date of application is on August 29th, 2011, this application is in current common unsettled state, or following portion application, that is: a current common pending application of this application has the right to enjoy the interests of its date of application.

United States Patent Office (USPTO) has issued a notice, its effectiveness is: the computer program requirement of United States Patent Office, the patent application people should quote a sequence number will illustrate also whether a application is dividing an application of a continuation application, part continuation application or patent application.Stephen G.Kunin, " rights and interests of the application of Ti Jiaoing (Benefit of Prior-Filed Application) formerly ", the USPTO communique on March 18th, 2003.The applicant's entity (hereinafter to be referred as " the applicant ") provides hereinbefore to specifically the quoting of this or these application, and has therefrom required preference in accordance with the law.The applicant understands, and these rules call the turn at its definite quotations and are sturdy and provide a sequence number or any characteristic explanation (such as " continuation application " or " part continuation application ") for the purpose that U.S. Patent application is required preference and failed call.Be that as it may, the claimant still understands, the computer program of USPTO has the requirement of some data typing aspect, therefore and the applicant provides the appointment to the application's relation between a or many parts of original applications (as above listed) with it, but that the applicant points out clearly is as follows: this or multinomial appointment must not be interpreted as by any way for the application whether also comprised any fresh content outside the content of its portion or many parts of original applications, any type of explanation and/or admit.

Summary

Described a kind of for the equipment that uses with thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel at this, this equipment comprises: a storage material module, this storage material module comprises a plurality of storage elements that are configured for a plurality of medical article units of storage, and this storage material module comprises a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and comprises a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit; Be configured for a stable storing device unit on this surface of reversibly mating this storage material module; Be configured at least one surperficial in this a plurality of storage elements that reversibly mate in this storage material module and be configured for the storage material module lid on the surface of reversibly mating this at least one stabilizer unit; And a central stabilizer unit that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid, wherein should central authorities' stabilizer unit have certain size and shape in order to fill a passage in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in fact.

At this size that has and a transportation stabilizer unit that the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel that has a flexible channel is corresponding have been described also, this transportation stabilizer unit comprises: a lid with a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall that covers a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel that comprises flexible connector in fact, this lid comprises a surface, and this surface is configured near the outer surface that reversibly mates this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel the outside opening in this outer wall; A hole in this lid; A wall, this wall define the diameter of section that has in fact less than a tubular structure of the minimum diameter of this flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, and an end of this tubular structure operationally is attached on this lid; A hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, this edge is positioned at this tubular structure and operationally is attached to end on this lid less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector from this tubular structure; A positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has be less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, and the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than the combination with the wall length between the edge in the surface of this lid and the hole in this wall of the thickness of this lid; An internal surface of this wall, this internal surface define a thermosealed in fact zone in fact; A pivot unit, this pivot unit operationally are attached on this positioning shaft zone line and are positioned in this thermosealed in fact zone; A support unit that operationally is attached on this pivot unit, this support unit have that certain size and shape should the pivot unit be engaged in this thermosealed in fact zone with box lunch and should the pivot unit rotate about 90 in another direction with box lunch and stretch out when spending and pass hole in this wall when a direction is rotated; Stub area with a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface of a depression in the memory structure that reversibly mates in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel; Base grip end in the end of this stub area; And a stretching unit that is used for this base grip end, this stretching unit is configured for a side that maintains the surface that is substantially perpendicular to this lid at this base grip end inwall of antagonism and upwards pressure.

Equipment described here includes but not limited to: a structural region of being made by heat sensitive material, this structural region comprise an outer wall and inwall and a tightness space between this outer wall and this inwall; An active region of being made by heat-resistant material, this active region comprises one or more getters; One is attached to this structural region and is attached to connector on this active region, and this connector comprises that a flexure region and one are configured for the zone that this structural region is sealed and separates with respect to this active region; And vacuum pump that operationally is attached on this connector.

Method described here includes but not limited to: set up vacuum in a bubble-tight equipment, the structural region that this equipment comprises at least one active region of being made by heat-resistant material, made by heat sensitive material, and a connector between these zones; This at least one active region is heated to the one section activationary time that is suitable for the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region are activated and continues to be fit to, keeps the vacuum of having set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously; Allow this at least one active region and these one or more getters to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material; These one or more getters through cooling are passed this connector from this be transferred to this structural region through at least one active region of cooling, keep the vacuum of having set up in this equipment simultaneously; And the connector between these zones is separated, keep the vacuum in this structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously.The method of setting up and keep vacuum in storage device also includes but not limited to: all in fact structure members of storage device are assembled, and these structure members comprise an outer wall and inwall that defines a tightness space in fact; This storage device is attached on the tightness equipment, and this tightness equipment comprises that a getter active region containing one or more getters, vacuum pump and one may be operably coupled to connector on this tightness equipment with this storage device; Activate this vacuum pump in order in the tightness space of this storage device, set up a subatmospheric air pressure; This storage device is heated to a predetermined temperature and continues one period scheduled time; This getter active region and this one or more getters are heated to an activationary temperature that is suitable for activating the one or more getters in this getter active region and continue one section suitable activationary time, maintain the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously; Make this connector carry out deflection in order to this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, this getter active region is positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line basically in this relative position; Allow these one or more getters to fall in the tightness space of this storage device along this connector inside, keep the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously; The subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device with this connector is separately kept simultaneously near this storage device position.Except above content, in claims, accompanying drawing and the literal of a part that has formed this disclosure, described aspect other the method.

Above-mentioned summary is illustrative, and is not intended to limit by any way.Except these illustrative aspects described above, embodiment and feature, other aspect, embodiment and feature will become clear by reference accompanying drawing and following detailed description.

Brief description of drawings

Fig. 1 has described the cross section of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

Fig. 2 shows the many aspects of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with the cross section.

Fig. 3 has described to be used for an interior memory structure of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and the many aspects of a plurality of interchangeable modular units.

Fig. 4 has showed for a memory structure in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and the many aspects of a plurality of interchangeable modules unit with the cross section.

Fig. 5 has described to be configured for a storage material module and center stabilizer of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

Fig. 6 has showed a storage material module and the central stabilizer of describing as Fig. 5, and two storage elements wherein are oriented to allow to touch the inside of the 3rd storage element in this storage material module.

Fig. 7 shows a storage material module and center stabilizer that is configured for a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

Fig. 8 has showed a storage material module and the central stabilizer of describing as Fig. 7, and two storage elements wherein are oriented to allow to touch the inside of the 3rd storage element in this storage material module.

Fig. 9 has described the many aspects of a storage element.

Figure 10 has showed the many aspects of a storage element of describing as Fig. 9.

Figure 11 shows the many aspects of a storage material module.

Figure 12 has described to be attached to a storage material module lid on two stabilizer unit.

Figure 13 has showed the many aspects of a storage material module lid.

Figure 14 has described a plurality of parts of the storage material module lid of showing as Figure 13.

Figure 15 shows the cross section of a storage material module lid of showing as Figure 13.

Figure 16 has showed the interior views of a plurality of parts of a storage material module lid.

Figure 17 has described to be attached to the partial cross section of a storage material module lid on the stabilizer unit.

Figure 18 shows a central stabilizer unit.

Figure 19 has showed a central stabilizer unit going out as shown in figure 18.

Figure 20 has described the cross section of a central stabilizer unit.

Figure 21 shows a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit.

Figure 22 has showed a storage material module that goes out as shown in figure 21, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit with the cross section.

The storage material module that Figure 23 has described to be showed as Figure 22 with the cross section, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit, two storage elements wherein are oriented to allow to touch the inside of the 3rd storage element in this storage material module.

Figure 24 shows a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit.

Figure 25 has showed a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit.

Figure 26 has described the embodiment of a central stabilizer, a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit.

Figure 27 shows the embodiment's of a central stabilizer of describing as Figure 26, a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit many aspects.

Figure 28 has showed an embodiment of a central stabilizer, a storage material module, a storage material module lid and a stabilizer unit, wherein should central authorities' stabilizer and this stabilizer unit be oriented to allow to touch a storage element.

Figure 29 has described the embodiment's that Figure 28 shows many aspects.

Figure 30 shows the many aspects of a storage element.

Figure 31 has showed the many aspects of a storage element that goes out as shown in figure 30.

Figure 32 has described to have a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel of a flexible channel and a stabilizer unit with the cross section.

Figure 33 shows the cross section of a transportation stabilizer unit.

Figure 34 has showed the many aspects of a transportation stabilizer unit that goes out as shown in figure 33.

The many aspects of the transportation stabilizer unit that Figure 35 has described to go out as shown in figure 33.

Figure 36 shows the many aspects of a transportation stabilizer unit that goes out as shown in figure 33.

Figure 37 has showed the many aspects of a transportation stabilizer unit that goes out as shown in figure 33 with the cross section.

The many aspects of the transportation stabilizer unit that Figure 38 has described to go out as shown in figure 33.

Figure 39 shows the many aspects of a transportation stabilizer unit that goes out as shown in figure 33.

Figure 40 A has showed a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with a transportation stabilizer unit.

Figure 40 B described as Figure 40 A show have one the transportation stabilizer unit a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.

Figure 41 is the schematic representation of an equipment.

Figure 42 is the schematic representation of the equipment showed as Figure 41.

Figure 43 is the schematic representation of the equipment described as Figure 41 and Figure 42.

Figure 44 is the schematic representation of the equipment described as Figure 41, Figure 42 and Figure 43.

Figure 45 is a kind of flow chart of method.

Figure 46 has showed a kind of flow chart of method.

Figure 47 shows the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 46.

Figure 48 has described the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 46.

Figure 49 has showed the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 46.

Figure 50 shows the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 46.

Figure 51 has described the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 46.

Figure 52 has showed the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 46.

Figure 53 shows the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 46.

Figure 54 has described the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 46.

Figure 55 has showed the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 46.

Figure 56 has showed a kind of flow chart of method.

Figure 57 shows the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 56.

Figure 58 has described the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 56.

Figure 59 has showed the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 56.

Figure 60 shows the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 56.

Figure 61 has described the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 56.

Figure 62 has showed the flow chart of the method for showing as Figure 56.

Figure 63 is the schematic representation of a reservoir vessel.

Describe in detail

With reference to accompanying drawing, these accompanying drawings have formed the part of this detailed description in the detailed description below.In these accompanying drawings, similarly symbol is typically represented similar parts, unless context is pointed out in addition.In different accompanying drawings, use identical symbol typically to represent similar or identical item.Displaying embodiment described in detailed description, accompanying drawing and claim is not intended to and limits.Not deviating under the situation of the spirit of the theme of this proposition or scope, can use other embodiment, and can carry out other change.

Has multiple potential purposes as container described here and equipment.Particularly, be useful as container described here and equipment for following aspect: storage material is stably maintained do not rely on external power supply in the predetermined temperature range and keep temperature range in this storage area.For example, be suitable at the place with minimum municipal electric power or insecure municipal power supply (for example at So Far Away) as container described here and equipment or in case of emergency storage material maintained in the predetermined temperature range.May be applicable to the material that transports and store for contingent temperature variation sensitivity in shipment and storage process as container described here and equipment.For example, these stocking systems described here are applicable to shipment and store the therapeutic product, comprise vaccine.At present often the many therapeutic product (comprising vaccine) that use are extremely sensitive and must be maintained in the temperature range so that maintenance usefulness to temperature variation.For example, many vaccines must be stored within 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade in order to keep usefulness.(for example within 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade) store and transport therapeutic product (comprising vaccine) and be commonly called " cold chain " in a temperature range.Regularly use the healthcare provider of vaccine and clinic must follow agreement and the program set up and keep this cold chain, be included in the transportation process and under the situation of urgency and power failure, to guarantee the usefulness of vaccine.Referring to: people such as Rodgers, " the correct processing of vaccine cold chain section 1-vaccine and storage [Vaccine Cold Chain Part1Proper Handling and Storage of Vaccine] ", U.S. occupational health nurse association will [AAOHN Journal], 58 (8), the 337-344 page or leaf, 2010; People such as Rodgers, " vaccine cold chain part 2-start-up and program management [Vaccine Cold Chain Part2:Training Personnel and Program Management] ", U.S. occupational health nurse association will [AAOHN Journal], 8 (9), the 391-402 page or leaf, 2010; People such as Magennis, " medicine cold chain-last gap [Pharmaceutical Cold Chain:A Gap in the Last Mile] ", medicine and medical package news [Pharmaceutical﹠amp; Medical Packaging News], 44-50 page or leaf, in September, 2010; And people such as Kendal, " U.S.'s publilc health plan is to the approval [Validation of Cold Chain Procedures Suitable for Distribution of Vaccines by Public Health Program sin the USA] of the cold chain program that is applicable to vaccine dispense ", vaccine [Vaccine], 15(12/13), 1459-1465 page or leaf (1997), these files are combined in this by reference.Yet, even between the normal spreadable life in developed country, fail to keep cold chain owing to a large amount of wastes that caused vaccine under vaccine the is exposed to too high and low excessively temperature according to established agreement and program.Referring to: Thakker and Woods, " does vaccine in the community store: the weak link of cold chain? [Storage of Vaccines in the Community:Weak Link in the Cold Chain ?) " BMJ [British Medical Journal] 304, the 756-758 page or leaf, 1992; People such as Matthias, " freezing temperature in the vaccine cold chain: the literature review of system [Freezing Temperatures in the Vaccine Cold Chain:A Systematic Literature Review] ", vaccine [Vaccine], the 25th phase in 2007,3980-3986 page or leaf; People such as Edsam, " hepatitis B vaccine is exposed to [Exposure of Hepatitis B Vaccine to Freezing Temperatures During Transport to Rural Health Centers in Mongolia] under the freezing temperature in the rural health center process that is transported to Mongolia ", preventive medicine [Preventative Medicine], the 39th phase in 2004, the 384-388 page or leaf; People such as Techathawat, " be exposed to heat in the vaccine cold chain of Thailand and freeze [Exposure to Heat and Freezing in the Vaccine Cold Chain in Thailand] ", vaccine [Vaccine], the 25th phase in 2007,1328-1333 page or leaf; And people such as Setia, " frequency and the reason [Frequency and Causes of Vaccine Wastage] of vaccine waste ", vaccine [Vaccine], 2002 years the 20th phases, 1148-1156 page or leaf; These files are combined in this by reference.Though some in cold chain is kept that cause owing to temperature is improper are destroyed (vaccine vial of for example freezing and comprise the bottle of precipitating agent) and may be shown easily, the vaccine that has reduced usefulness owing to the destruction of cold chain in keeping may be not easy to be detected.Referring to: old people such as (Chen), " hepatitis B vaccine freeze sensitivity characteristic [Characterization of the Freeze Sensitivity of a Hepatitis B Vaccine] ", human vaccine [Human Vaccines], 2009 the 5th the 1st phases of volume, 26-32 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.May not that discernible and sensitivity is immediately depended on concrete vaccine and changed widely owing to being exposed to vaccine stock that too high temperature reduced usefulness.The temperature sensitivity of any given medical agent product all depends on concrete agent product or for example depends on concrete bacterin preparation and change widely.In some cases, a few minutes just can influence the biological effectiveness of the special container that the therapeutic product are housed significantly outside suitable temperature range.Referring to: Kristensen and Chen, " stabilization of vaccine: experience and lessons [Stabilization of Vaccines:Lessons Learned] ", human vaccine [Human Vaccines], 2010 the 6th the 3rd phases of volume, 229-230 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.The problem relevant with keeping of cold chain is more remarkable than the under-developed area in the world.Referring to: people such as Wirkas, " the vaccine cold chain in the national PNC focus technology demand of weather sweltering heat freezes research [A Vaccines Cold Chain Freezing Study in PNG Highlights Technology Needs for Hot Climate Countries] ", vaccine [Vaccine], the 25th phase in 2007, the 691-697 page or leaf; And people such as Nelson, " hepatitis B vaccine in Indonesia's cold chain is freezed: evidence and solution [Hepatitis B Vaccine Freezing in the Indonesian Cold Chain:Evidence and Solutions] ", bulletin of the World Health Organization [Bulletin of the World Health Organization], 2004 the 82nd the 2nd phases of volume, the 99-105 page or leaf; These files are combined in this by reference.In addition, at the approach of the less energy of needs of cold chain cost and the weather of sustainable growth are considered it may is desirable.Referring to Halld ó rsson and Kov á cs, " sustainable agenda and energy efficiency: the logistics solution in climatic change epoch and SUPPLY CHAIN [The Sustainable Agenda and Energy Efficiency:Logistics Solutions and Supply Chains in Times of Climate Change] ", international materials distribution and logistics management magazine [International Journal of Physical Distribution﹠amp; Logistics Management], 2010 the 40th the 1/2nd phases of volume, 5-13 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.For the therapeutic product outside the cold chain (for example, vaccine) thermostabilization comprises that economy, logistics, management, buying and policy issue are (referring to Kristensen and Chen, " stabilization of vaccine: experience and lessons [Stabilization of Vaccines:Lessons Learned] ", human vaccine [Human Vaccines], the 6th the 3rd phase of volume of March in 2010,229-231 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference).

Method and apparatus described here is used in sets up and keeps a stable and extremely low air pressure in the tightness zone, inside of a container.In the manufacturing of following container, has multiple potential purposes as method and apparatus described here, these containers comprise (for example having subatmospheric lasting air pressure, air pressure near vacuum) tightness zone, inside, and gas is not initiatively pumped these inner tightness zones.Method and apparatus described here can be used to set up and maintain a lasting lowpressure zone of a structure of container inside, and is useful especially for the container made of material by its structure stability of forfeiture under the temperature that is lower than the required activationary temperature of many getter materials.For example, can be used to made of aluminumly whole or in part set up and keep a subatmospheric stable air pressure in than one within the part of bigger device inner tightness cavity at one as method and apparatus described here, for example near the air pressure of vacuum.For example, go for manufacturing and the durability of the container made by metal-plastic composite material as method and apparatus described here, this container comprises airtight space, the inside with the air pressure that is lower than this container surroundings, air-locked inner space of for example finding time in fact.

Has in the structure that hypobaric inner tightness zone can be incorporated into container the part as the thermal break of this container.Be incorporated in the structure of container and have hypobaric inner tightness zone as these of the part heat insulation layer of this container and can comprise other materials or feature, for example the thermoinsulation material of this container, electronic equipment or structure characteristic.For example, be incorporated into having hypobaric inner tightness zone and can comprise multilayer insulant (MLI) in the structure of container.For example, be incorporated into lead or the passage that hypobaric inner tightness zone can comprise that the electronic unit that will operationally be attached on the zones of different of this container connects that have in the structure of container.Having hypobaric inner tightness zone can also isolate the electronic equipment and the extraneous factor (for example chemically active material, magnetic active material, water, heat and cold degree) that are attached in this device.For example, be bonded to having hypobaric inner tightness zone and can comprise a plurality of structural elements in the structure of container, for example flange, supporting element, pillar and other improve the feature of the structure stability of this container.Tightness zone, inside with low-pressure has low weight in final making and reaches advantage cheaply in the device.Method and apparatus described here can be used to make thermosealed in fact storage device, for example is applicable to storage material stably maintained in the predetermined temperature range and not rely on external power supply keep this temperature range in this storage area.For example, multiple container and device (for example these that make with method and apparatus described here) are suitable at the place with minimum municipal electric power or insecure municipal power supply (for example So Far Away) or in case of emergency the material that stores are maintained in the predetermined temperature range.For example, multiple container and device (for example these that make with method and apparatus described here) may be suitable for transporting and store the material for contingent temperature variation sensitivity in transportation and storage process.For example, these stocking systems described here are applicable to shipment and store the therapeutic product, comprise vaccine.

At present often the many therapeutic product (comprising vaccine) that use are extremely sensitive and must be maintained in the specific temperature range in order to keep stability and usefulness and the effect of these therapeutic product to temperature variation.This temperature range that is used for keeping the stability of storage is that concrete preparation and therapeutic product are intrinsic.For example, many therapeutic product (comprising vaccine) must be stored in the predetermined temperature range, for example between 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade or between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade or between 10 degrees centigrade and 15 degrees centigrade or between 15 degrees centigrade and 25 degrees centigrade or between-15 degrees centigrade and-5 degrees centigrade or between-50 degrees centigrade and-15 degrees centigrade, in order to keep the usefulness of these therapeutic product.For example, in a temperature range, for example between 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade or between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade or between 10 degrees centigrade and 15 degrees centigrade or between 15 degrees centigrade and 25 degrees centigrade or between-15 degrees centigrade and-5 degrees centigrade or between-50 degrees centigrade and-15 degrees centigrade, store and transport therapeutic product (comprising vaccine) and be commonly referred to as " cold chain ".

Multiple container and storage device (for example use method and apparatus described here make these) can be designed to multiple size and shape, and this depends on embodiment.For example, multiple container can be made with multiple different size, shape and material with storage device, and this depends on the set purposes of this container or storage device.The representative example of reservoir vessel is shown in Figure 63 and be described with relevant literal (vide infra).For example, can have shape easy to carry and size by container and the storage device that uses method and apparatus described here to make, for example be no more than 1 kilogram of (kg), 2kg, 5kg, 7kg or 10kg.For example, by size and the shape of using container that method and apparatus described here makes and storage device to have directly to be carried by the individual easily or carrying with carrier, this carrier is for example school bag, duffel bag, rucksack, grip, handbag, haversack, knapsack, bag, bag, travel suitcase, handbag, Travel bag or knapsack.For example, container and storage device can be manufactured into shape and the size that the minitype wheeled means of transportation that uses the one man operation transports, and for example its quality is no more than 15kg, 20kg or 25kg.For example, can have easily by size and the shape of people by using wheelbarrow, rickshaw, wheel bed, bicycle or motorcycle to carry, for example in saddlebag, carrier or frame by container and the storage device that uses method and apparatus described here to make.For example, container and storage device can be manufactured into size and the shape of using truck, station wagon, picking-up vehicle, lorry or other motor-driven carrier vehicles to transport, and for example its quality is no more than 30kg, 35kg, 40kg, 45kg, 50kg or 55kg.For example, container and storage device can be manufactured into for fixing in fact shape and the size of using, and for example have the quality greater than 100kg.

Referring now to Fig. 1, show an example of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, this container can serve as the background that the one or more equipment in this explanation are introduced.Purpose in order to show in Fig. 1 has been described this container 100 in order to observe inner many aspects with the cross section.Fig. 1 has described an erect-type thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, and this container comprises an outer wall 105, an inwall 110 and a connector 115.Fig. 1 has described this container 100 and has comprised a connector 115 that has flexible section 160, and this connector is configured for and forms a flexible connector.In a given embodiment, the connector of showing as Fig. 1 that has flexible section 160 115 is to use the multiple material of the quality of any material that enough supports this inwall 110 and these inwall 110 inside to make.Yet in certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can comprise a connector 115 that does not have the connector 115 of flexible section or have a plurality of fixedly sections.

Show as Fig. 1 equally, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises at least one thermosealed in fact storage area 130, and this zone has extremely low thermal conductivity and extremely low radiant heat transfer between the zone of the external environment condition of this container and these at least one 130 inside, thermosealed in fact storage area.Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is configured to have extremely low thermal conductivity and extremely low radiant heat transfer between the inside of the external environment condition of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 and a thermosealed in fact storage area 130.For example, in certain embodiments, when the outside of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 was in the temperature of about 40 degrees centigrade (C) and thermosealed in fact storage area 130 and is maintained at temperature between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade, the heat leak between the outside of this thermosealed in fact storage area and this container was to be less than 1 watt (W).For example, in certain embodiments, when the outside of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 was in about 40 degrees centigrade temperature and thermosealed in fact storage area 130 and is maintained at temperature between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade, the heat leak between the outside of this thermosealed in fact storage area and this container was to be less than 700mW.For example, in certain embodiments, when the outside of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 was in about 40 degrees centigrade temperature and thermosealed in fact storage area 130 and is maintained at temperature between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade, the heat leak between the outside of this thermosealed in fact storage area and this container was to be less than 600mW.For example, in certain embodiments, when the outside of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 10 was in about 40 degrees centigrade temperature and thermosealed in fact storage area 130 and is maintained at temperature between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade, the heat leak between the outside of this thermosealed in fact storage area and this container was about 500mW.

A thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured under the situation that does not have active cooling action or active cooling unit material is transported and store a time period in predetermined temperature range in a thermosealed in fact storage area 130.For example, externally temperature is that a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in the about 40 degrees centigrade environment can be configured for transportation and store and reach the trimestral time in a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in the temperature range of material between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade.For example, externally temperature is that a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in the about 40 degrees centigrade environment can be configured for transportation and store and reach the bimestrial time in a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in the temperature range of material between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade.For example, externally temperature is that a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in the about 40 degrees centigrade environment can be configured for transportation and store and reach one month time in a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in the temperature range of material between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade.130 1 the minimum thermal gradients in a thermosealed in fact storage area.The inside of a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 is identical temperature in essence, the internal heat gradient that for example has (for example, the top to the bottom or the side to the side) be no more than 5 degrees centigrade or be no more than 3 degrees centigrade or be no more than 1 degree centigrade.

The concrete thermal characteristics of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 and storage capacity depend on embodiment and change.For example, employed material may depend on a plurality of factors in these thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 processes of manufacturing, and these factors comprise: the expection external temperature when needed temperature range and this container 100 use in the design of this container 100, this storage area 130.Comprise a memory structure as a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 described here, this memory structure is configured for and receives and store at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.The quantity of these one or more heat spreader modules and these one or more storage material modules and the selection of type will determine a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in concrete thermal characteristics and storage capacity in the given temperature range, under the given storage length, for given expeced time.For example, if the storage time of the length in the temperature range of hope between 0 degree centigrade to 10 degrees centigrade, this memory structure can comprise more relatively heat spreader module and can comprise relative storage material module still less.For example, if wish the short storage time in the temperature range between 0 degree centigrade to 10 degrees centigrade, then can comprise heat spreader module relatively still less in this memory structure and can comprise more relatively storage material module.

This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can have portable size and shape, for example size and the shape within rational portable appraisal scope for the individual.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured for the transportation of material and store the two.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to have for the individual moves, recommends or mobile size and dimension.For example, in certain embodiments, the quality that this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 and any internal structure have is less than about 50 kilograms (kg) or less than about 30 kilograms, perhaps less than about 20 kilograms.For example, in certain embodiments, length and width that thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 has are less than about 1 meter (m).For example, the implementation of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can have diameter in 45 centimetres (cm) and the outside dimensions of height on the 70cm magnitude.For example, in certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises that a plurality of external knob, hook, fastening piece or other projections are in order to assist the movement of this container.For example, in certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises a plurality of outer strip, belt, braces or rope in order to assist the transportation of this container.In certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises a plurality of external fastenings, and these fastening pieces are configured for this container is fixed on the surface, for example are flange, support, pillar or clamping element.The thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 of as shown in Figure 1 this is by general arrangement growth oval in shape, yet depends on embodiment, and multiple shape all is possible.For example, depend on the desired use of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, can utilize rectangular shape or irregularly shaped in certain embodiments.For example, can utilize a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 circular or spherical shape basically in certain embodiments.

Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as the described herein comprises initiatively cooling unit of zero in daily use.For example, Fig. 1 does not describe initiatively cooling unit.Term as used herein " initiatively cooling unit " comprises conduction type and the radiating type cooling mechanism that need move from the electric power of external source.For example, initiatively cooling unit can comprise with the next item down or multinomial: the fan of active power supply, refrigerant system, heat and power system, active heat pump, active vapor compression refrigeration system and the active heat exchanger system of initiatively pumping.Move the required external energy of these mechanisms and can for example be derived from municipal power supply or battery.Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as the described herein does not comprise initiatively cooling unit in frequent using process as the described herein.

Describe as Fig. 1, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises an outer assembly, and this outer assembly comprises an outer wall 105.This outer wall 105 defines this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in fact, and this outer wall 105 defines a single outer cinclides 150 in fact.Show that as Fig. 1 this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises an inwall 110.This inwall 110 defines a single interior cinclides 140 in fact.Show that as Fig. 1 thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises a space 120 between this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105.This inwall 110 and this outer wall 105 at interval a segment distance and define a space 120 in fact.When this container is in its common position, the surface of this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105 surperficial non-intersect or do not cross this space 120 and produce thermo-contacts.Comprise at least one ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part in this space 120.Can comprise the space of finding time in fact in this space 120, wherein these container sections are sealed fully in order to will minimize to the gas leakage the space 120 from the zone of this external container.This container 100 comprises a connector 115, and this connector has formed a passage 125 that will this single outer cinclides 150 be connected with this single interior cinclides 140.Although the connector 115 that Fig. 1 shows is flexible connectors, this connector 115 can not be a flexible connector in certain embodiments.This container 100 comprise of leading to this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 single enter the hole, wherein this is single, and to enter the hole be terminal a formation by this connector 115.In certain embodiments, this container 100 comprises an outer assembly, should outer assembly comprise the one or more ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material parts that define at least one thermosealed storage area in fact, wherein should outer assembly and this one or more ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation materials partly define in fact of leading to this at least one thermosealed storage area single enter the hole.As will in the following drawings, showing, this container 100 comprises an inner assembly that is positioned at this thermosealed in fact storage area 130, and this inner assembly comprises a memory structure that is configured for the reception and stores at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.

Show as Fig. 1, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to make in the using process of this container should outside cinclides 150 are the tops that are positioned at this container.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to make in the daily storage of this container or using process should outside cinclides 150 are the top places that are positioned at this outer wall 105.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to make in the storage process of this container 100 that a hole in this external container that is connected on this passage 125 is the top place that is positioned at this container 100.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be configured to make that an outer cinclides 150 is to be on this container 100 with respect to the base of this container 100 or a relative face place for the lower support structure.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is configured to make that in the daily storage of this container or using process cinclides 150 is these embodiments that are in the top place of outer wall 105 outside one, can be configured for the passive transmission from the heat energy in the zone of external container is minimized.For example, so thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 at the base that is configured to make outer cinclides 150 be in this container 100 of conduct on this container 100 or an opposing face place of lower support structure can also be configured to make the direct radiation of heat energy of floor below this container 100 or surface emissivity to enter in the hole the outer wall 105.

In certain embodiments, this inwall 110 defines a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in fact.Although this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 that Fig. 1 describes comprises a single thermosealed in fact storage area 130, but in certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can comprise a plurality of thermosealed in fact storage areas.In certain embodiments, may have a kind of thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in this container, comprise a plurality of storage areas (as, 130).In this container, comprise a plurality of storage areas (as, 130) embodiment in, they may be associated with the single passage that leads to this external container zone.In this container, comprise a plurality of storage areas (as, 130) embodiment in, they may be associated with a plurality of passages that lead to this external container zone.For example, each in these a plurality of storage areas may be associated with the passage of a single uniqueness.For example, can be associated with a single passage in the zone of leading to these thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 outsides more than a storage area.

A plurality of storage areas can for example have comparable size and shape, and perhaps they can have different sizes and the shape that is suitable for this embodiment.Different storage areas can comprise for example different removable inserting members, at least one layer that comprises at least a metal on the internal surface of a storage area or the non-toxic material of one deck at least on this internal surface, be the form with any combination or grouping.Although this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 that Fig. 1 describes roughly is columniform shape, a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 can have size and the shape that is suitable for specific embodiment.For example, a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 can be oblong, circular, rectangle, foursquare or erose.Depend on the overall dimensions of embodiment and this container 100, the total volume of a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 can change.For example, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 that is configured to portable personal can comprise that a total volume is less than single thermosealed in fact storage area 130 30 liters (L), for example 25L volume or 20L volume.For example, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 that is configured to transport at vehicle can comprise that total volume is greater than one of 30L, for example 35L or 40L single thermosealed in fact storage area 130.A thermosealed in fact storage area 130 can comprise other structures that are suitable for specific embodiment.For example, thermosealed in fact storage area can comprise that rock-steady structure, thermal break, potting material or other are configured to be convenient to the use of material or the additional components of storage-stable.

In certain embodiments, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is included in the non-toxic material of one deck at least on the internal surface of one or more thermosealed in fact storage area 130.Non-toxic material for example can comprise: do not produce may be to this contents at least one thermosealed in fact storage area 130 cause murder by poisoning residue those materials or do not produce may be to this following user of the content at least one thermosealed in fact storage area 130 cause those materials of the residue of murder by poisoning.Non-toxic material can comprise the material of the chemical structure of having kept the content in this at least one substantial thermosealed storage area 130, and for example, non-toxic material can comprise the material of chemically inert or anergy.Non-toxic material can comprise the material that is developed for for example medical treatment, pharmacy or food storage application.Non-toxic material can comprise the material that can be cleaned or sterilize, for example can be illuminated, the material of HIGH PRESSURE TREATMENT or sterilization.Non-toxic material can comprise that those comprise the material of one or more antibacterial, antiviral, antimicrobial or disease-resistant former reagent.For example, non-toxic material can comprise aldehyde, hypochlorite, oxygenant, phenolic resin, quaternary ammonium type compound or silver.It is constitutionally stable material that non-toxic material can be included under the existence of one or more cleanings or sterilization compound or radiation, as, after irradiation, still keep the plastics of its structural integrity or the metal of oxidation does not take place in the presence of one or more cleanings or the compound of sterilizing.Non-toxic material can comprise those by a plurality of layers of material of forming, and wherein these layers are removable to be used for cleaning or sterilization, for example are used for the recycling of this at least one thermosealed in fact storage area.Non-toxic material can comprise for example material of metal-containing, fabric, paper or plastics.

In certain embodiments, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is included at least one layer that comprises at least a metal on the internal surface of at least one thermosealed in fact storage area 130.For example, this at least a metal can comprise gold, aluminium, copper or silver.This at least a metal can comprise at least a metallic composite or alloy, for example steel, stainless steel, metal-matrix composite, billon, aluminum alloy, Cuprum alloy or silver alloy.In certain embodiments, this at least a metal comprises metal foil, as titanium foil, aluminium foil, silver foil or goldleaf.Metal foil can be the component of for example relevant with polyester film composite material, in polyethylene terephthalate (PET) polyester film.On the internal surface of at least one storage area 130 this comprises that at least one layer of at least a metal can comprise that at least a can be the metal that can sterilize or be sterilized.For example, this at least a metal can be to use that phasmon can be sterilized or sterilized.For example, this at least a metal can be can sterilize with high pressure, thermology method or chemical method or sterilized.Depend on embodiment, this on the internal surface of at least one storage area comprise at least one layer of at least a metal can comprise at least aly have specific heat transfer performance, as the metal of thermal radiation property.

In certain embodiments, this container 100 can be configured for one or more medical treatment product (medicinal) unit is stored within the storage area 130.For example, some medical article units are stored in the temperature range between about 0 degree centigrade and about 10 degrees centigrade best.For example some medical article units are stored in the temperature range between about 2 degrees centigrade and about 8 degrees centigrade best.For example some medical article units are stored in the temperature range between about 5 degrees centigrade and about 15 degrees centigrade best.For example some medical article units are stored in about 0 degree centigrade and approximately in the temperature range between-10 degrees centigrade best.Referring to: Chen and Kristensen, " opportunities and challenges [Opportunities and Challenges of Developing Thermostable Vaccines] of exploitation thermostability vaccine ", vaccine comment of experts [Expert Rev.Vaccines], 2009 the 8th the 5th phases of volume, the 547-557 page or leaf; People such as Matthias, " the junction temperature – system file that freezes in the vaccine cold chain is summarized [Freezing Temperatures in the Vaccine Cold Chain:A Systematic Literature Review] ", vaccine [Vaccine], 2007 the 25th volumes, 3980-3986 page or leaf; People such as Wirkas, " the vaccine cold chain in the hot international PNC focus technology demand of weather freezes research [A Vaccines Cold Chain Freezing Study in PNG Highlights Technology Needs for Hot Climate Countries] ", vaccine [Vaccine], 2007 the 25th volumes, the 691-697 page or leaf; The WHO publication, name is called " freezing damage [Preventing Freeze Damage to Vaccines] that prevents vaccine ", publication number WHO/IVB/07.09(2007); The WHO publication, name is called " temperature sensitivity of vaccine [Temperature Sensitivity of Vaccines] ", publication number WHO/IVB/06.10(2006); And people such as Setia, " frequency and the reason [Frequency and Causes of Vaccine Wastage] of vaccine waste ", vaccine [Vaccine], 2002 years the 20th volumes, 1148-1156 page or leaf; Above-mentioned file is combined in this all by reference.Term used herein " medical treatment product " comprises a kind of medicine, composition, preparation, material or the mixture that are intended to for medical science or therapeutical uses.For example, a kind of medical product can comprise medicine, vaccine, therapeutic agent, vitamin, medicament, medicine, the therapeutic agent of taking advantage of a situation, natural therapeutic agent or the form of therapy that is in any form, combination or configuration.For example, a kind of medical product can comprise vaccine, for example: be packaged into vaccine in the vaccine of oral mixture, the vaccine in prefilled syringe, the container that contains vaccine or bottle, the unijet device or outside transmissible unit (as, be used for the vaccine patch through dermal administration) in vaccine.For example, a kind of medical product can comprise form of therapy, for example: Antybody therapy agent, micromolecular compound, antiinflammatory, medicine, vitamin or the medicament of any form, combination or configuration.A kind of medical product can be the forms of liquid, gel, solid, semisolid, steam or gas.In certain embodiments, medical product can be composites.For example, medical product can comprise that injection has the bandage of antibiotics, antiinflammatory, coagulating agent, neurotrophic agents, angiogenesis agent, vitamin, pharmaceutical preparation.

In certain embodiments, this container 100 can be configured for one or more food unit is stored within the storage area 130.For example, container 100 can be configured in storage process keep-4 degrees centigrade with-10 degrees centigrade scope in temperature, and can comprise a memory structure, this memory structure is configured for and stores one or more food products, as ice cream, single packaged freezing food, chilled meat product, frozen fruit product or refrigerated vegetables product.In certain embodiments, this container 100 can be configured for one or more beverage unit is stored within the storage area 130.For example, container 100 can be configured for the temperature of keeping in 2 degrees centigrade and the 10 degrees centigrade of scopes in storage process, and can comprise a memory structure, this memory structure is configured for and stores one or more beverage products, as wine, beer, fruit syrup or soft drink.

In the embodiment that Fig. 1 shows, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 comprises a space 120 between this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105.As shown in Figure 1, this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105 at interval a segment distance and define a space 120 in fact.In the embodiment that Fig. 1 shows, when this container is in the stand up position or when being in the position of the normal use that is configured for this container 100, does not have irreqularity or extra to stride across space 120 in the space 120 and between inwall 110 and outer wall 105, carry out hot connecting or create hot connecting.As shown in Figure 1, when this container 100 was in the stand up position, this inwall 110 did not directly produce each other with outer wall 105 and contacts.In addition, when this container 100 is in the stand up position, do not have in this space to stride across affix, tie-point, the flange that the hot connecting thing of space 120 between inwall 110 and outer wall 105 works, perhaps other fixtures.

As shown in Figure 1, this connector 115 supports the quality of any content of this inwall and this storage area 130.In certain embodiments, can comprise the extra support unit in the space 120, in order to this support that connector 115 provides extra support in addition to be provided to inwall 110.For example, this outer wall 105 can attached one or more athermanous rope bars on the surface in space 120, wherein these athermanous rope bars are configured to extend around the surface towards space 120 of this inwall 110 and in that the content this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in provides extra support or mobile the restriction on the inwall 110 and by extension.In certain embodiments, a plurality of center regions of these many rope bars are wrapped on this inwall 110 with different angles, wherein the associated end of every rope bar in these many rope bars be fixed in a plurality of positions outer wall 105 on the surface in space 120.One or more athermanous rope bars can be made by for example glass fibre rope bar or rope.One or more athermanous rope bars can be by for example para-aramid synthetic fiber such as Kevlar ^TMMake.Can be in the attached many athermanous rope bars on the surface in space 120 of outer wall 105 at two ends, wherein the center of these rope bars be wrapped in this inwall 110 around the surface in space 120.For example, can be in the attached many rope bars of being made by the stainless steel rope on the surface in space 120 of outer wall 105 at two ends, wherein the center of these rope bars be wound in this inwall 110 around the surface in space 120.

In certain embodiments, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can comprise one or more ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material parts.In certain embodiments, in space 120, there is at least one ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part.Term used herein " ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material " can comprise thermoinsulation material one or more types, that have extremely low thermal conductivity and have extremely low radiant heat transfer between these surfaces of this thermoinsulation material.This ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise for example one or more layers thermal reflecting coating, high vacuum, aerogel, low heat conductivity beaded unit, the irregular crystal of layering, low density solid or low density foam.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material comprises one or more low density solids, as aerogel, described in following article those: Fricke and Emmerling, " aerogel-preparation, performance, application [Aerogels-preparation, properties, applications] ", structure and combination [Structure and Bonding], 77:37-87(1992); And Pekala, " from the organic aerogel [Organic aerogels from the polycondensation of resorcinol with formaldehyde] of the polycondensation reaction of resorcinol and formaldehyde ", materials science magazine [Journal of Materials Science], 24:3221-3227(1989), these files are combined in this separately by reference.As used herein, " low density " can comprise that density is from about 0.01g/cm ³To about 0.10g/cm ³Material and density from about 0.005g/cm ³To about 0.05g/cm ³Material.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material comprises the irregular crystal of one or more layers layering, those described in following article: people such as the Chiritescu, " WSe of irregular layering ₂Ultralow thermal conductivity in the crystal [Ultralow thermal conductivity in disordered, layered WSe ₂Crystals] ", science [Science], 315:351-353(2007), this document is combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material comprises two-layer at least thermal reflecting coating, they by following at least one around, for example: the unit, interval of high vacuum, low heat conductivity, the beaded unit of low heat conductivity, perhaps low density foam.Referring to: for example, people such as Mikhalchenko, " in the research [Study of heat transfer in multilayer insulation based on composite spacer materials] of transmitting based on the heat in the multilayer heat insulation of compound interval insulant ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], nineteen eighty-three, 309-311 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise two-layer at least heat-reflecting material and at least one unit, interval between these thermal reflective material layers.For example, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise at least a multilayer heat insulation composite material, as be called in the name of authorizing people such as Smith " multilayer is cut off composite material [Multilayer insulation composite] " the 6th, 485, described in No. 805 U. S. Patents, this patent is combined in this by reference.For example, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise at least one tinsel adiabatic system, as be called in the name of authorizing people such as Reed " tinsel adiabatic system [Metallic sheet insulation system] " the 5th, 915, described in No. 283 U. S. Patents, this patent is combined in this by reference.For example, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise at least one adiabatic system, as be called in the name of authorizing people such as Augustynowicz " adiabatic system [Thermal insulation systems] " the 6th, 967, described in No. 051 U. S. Patent, this patent is combined in this by reference.For example, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise at least a for heat-insulating rigidity multilayer material, as be called in the name of authorizing people such as Maignan " being used for heat-insulating rigidity multilayer material [Rigid multilayer material for thermal insulation] " the 7th, 001, described in No. 656 U. S. Patents, this patent is combined in this by reference.Other sees: people such as Li, " liquid level is for the influence research [Study on effect of liquid level on the heat leak into vertical cryogenic vessels] of the heat leakage in vertical low-temperature (low temperature) vessel ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 2010 the 50th volumes, the 367-372 page or leaf; People such as Barth, " about the test result [Test results for a high quality industrial superinsulation] of the super thermal insulation of high-quality industry ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1988 the 28th volumes, 607-609 page or leaf; And Eyssa and Okasha, " thermodynamic optimization [Thermodynamic optimization of thermal radiation shields for a cryogenic apparatus] that is used for the thermal radiation screen of Cryo Equipment ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1978, the 305-307 page or leaf; These files are combined in this separately by reference.For example, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise multilayer insulant or " MLI ".For example, a kind of ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise multilayer insulant, as the multilayer insulant that uses in space project carrier rocket, comprises that NASA is employed.Referring to, Daryabeigi for example, " for heat analysis and the design optimization [Thermal analysis and design optimization of multilayer insulation for reentry aerodynamic heating] of the multilayer heat insulation that reenters pneumatic heating equipment ", astrovehicle and rocket magazine [Journal of Spacecraft and Rockets], 39:509-514(2002), this document is combined in this by reference.For example, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise that the partial pressure that has is lower than the space that these container 100 atmosphere outside are pressed.For example, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can comprise that the air pressure that has is lower than the space that these tightness space 120 atmosphere outside are pressed.Referring to, Nemanic for example, " vacuum heat-insulating plate [Vacuum insulating panel] ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 46th volume 8-10 phase of nineteen ninety-five, 839-842 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can cover the surface towards this space 120 of inwall 110 in fact.In certain embodiments, this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material can cover the surface towards this space 120 of outer wall 105 in fact.

In certain embodiments, in this tightness space 120, there is at least one layer multilayer insulant (" MLI ").This at least the multilayer insulant of one deck can be in fact around the surface of this inwall 110.In certain embodiments, have a plurality of layers multilayer insulant in this space 120, wherein these layers can not be homogeneous.For example, this multilayer insulant of a plurality of layers can comprise the layer with different-thickness or have and do not have the layer of the spacer element that is associated.In certain embodiments, in this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material or except this ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material, can there be one or more additional layer, as, an external structure layer or an internal structure layer.Inside or external structure layer can be made by any material that is suitable for this embodiment, and for example, inside or external structure layer can comprise: plastics, metal, alloy, composite material or glass.Referring to, for example, the name of authorizing people such as Nowobilski is called the 4th, 726, No. 974 U. S. Patents of " vacuum heat-insulating plate [Vacuum insulation panel] ", and this patent is combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, between a plurality of layers thermal reflecting coating, there is one or more layers high vacuum.In certain embodiments, space 120 comprises a gas pressure of emptying in fact for these container 100 atmosphere outside pressure.With respect to this container 100 atmosphere outside press one of speech in fact the gas pressure of emptying can be included in a plurality of MLI layers on every side, for example between these layers and on every side, the gas pressure of emptying in fact.For this container 100 atmosphere outside are pressed one in fact the gas pressure of emptying can be included in the gas pressure of the emptying in fact in one or more parts in space.For example, in certain embodiments, space 120 comprises having the 1x10 of being less than or equal to ^-2The space of the emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.For example, in certain embodiments, space 120 comprises having the 5x10 of being less than or equal to ^-4The space of the emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.For example, in certain embodiments, space 120 is included in this space 120 has the 1x10 of being less than or equal to ^-2The space of the emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.For example, in certain embodiments, space 120 is included in this space 120 has the 5x10 of being less than or equal to ^-4The space of the emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.In certain embodiments, space 120 comprises having less than 1x10 ^-2The pressure of holder is (for example less than 5x10 ^-3The holder, less than 5x10 ^-4The holder, less than 5x10 ^-5The holder, less than 5x10 ^-6Holder or 5x10 ^-7The space of emptying in fact holder).For example, in certain embodiments, space 120 comprises a plurality of layers multilayer insulant and has the 1x10 of being less than or equal to ^-2The space of the emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.For example, in certain embodiments, space 120 comprises a plurality of layers multilayer insulant and has the 5x10 of being less than or equal to ^-4The space of the emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.

Depend on embodiment, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be made by diversified material.For example, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be made by the metal with the feature that is suitable for given embodiment, glass fibre or plastics.For example, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can comprise have suitable intensity, hardness, durability, cost, availability, conductive characteristic, gas emission performance or other are suitable for these materials of given embodiment's Consideration.In certain embodiments, it is compatible to form an air-locked sealing for the manufacture of the material of the independent section of this container 100 and between these sections.In certain embodiments, outer wall 105 is made by stainless steel.In certain embodiments, outer wall 105 is made of aluminum.In certain embodiments, this inwall 110 is made by stainless steel.In certain embodiments, this inwall 110 is made of aluminum.In certain embodiments, this connector 115 is made by stainless steel in whole or in part.In certain embodiments, this connector 115 is made of aluminum in whole or in part.Embodiment comprises such container, and this container has an inwall 110 and outer wall 105 of being made by stainless steel, and a connector 115 with a plurality of sections of being made by stainless steel and a plurality of sections made of aluminum.In certain embodiments, this connector 115 is made by glass fibre.In certain embodiments, a plurality of parts of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 or parts can be to be made by the material of composite material or layering.For example, an outer wall 105 can be made by stainless steel in fact, and the outside has covered plastics, is not for example scratched in order to the outer surface of protecting this container.For example, an inwall 110 can be made by stainless steel in fact, have a coating in this thermosealed in fact storage area 130, this coating is plastics, rubber, foam or other materials that are suitable for storing in this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 provide support and the material of adiabaticity.

Fig. 1 has showed a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises an outer wall 105 and an inwall 110, and one of them flexible connector 115 is between outer wall 105 and this inwall 110.As shown in Figure 1, this inwall 110 roughly defines a thermosealed in fact storage area 130.When this container 100 was in the stand up position, as shown in Figure 1, this connector 115 was configured for the quality that supports all the elements thing this inwall 110 and this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 fully.In addition, 120 comprise significantly and (for example, be less than or equal to 1x10 less than atmospheric gas pressure in the space ^-2Hold in the palm, be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-3Hold in the palm, be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-4Hold in the palm or be less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4Holder) among the embodiment, the power of the dividing potential drop in this space 120 of this connector 115 opposings as shown in Figure 1 and supported the quality of any content this inwall 110 and this thermosealed in fact storage area 130.For example, comprise a diameter about 2 at this connector 115 ¹/ ₂The passage 125 of inch and the dividing potential drop in space 120 are 5x10 ^-4Among the embodiment of holder, because the dividing potential drop in the space 120, the downward power on this zone direct relative with the end of passage 125 of this inwall 110 is 100 pounds of weight that approximate in this position.As shown in Figure 1, when this container 100 is in the stand up position, do not have in space 120 under the situation of extra support element, this connector 115 has supported the quality of any content this inwall 110 and this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in fact.For example, among the embodiment as shown in Figure 1, this inwall 110 is connected with this connector 115, and when this container 100 was in the stand up position, this inwall 110 did not contact with any other support unit.As shown in Figure 1, inwall 110 is freely supported by connector 115 fully and wherein this connector 115 be among a plurality of embodiments of flexible connector, this inwall 110 may wave in space 120 in response to the movement of this container 100 or otherwise move.For example, when this container 100 of transportation, this flexible connector 115 may produce bending or deflection in response to carriage movement, and this inwall 110 may correspondingly wave in space 120 or movement.

Fig. 2 has described some embodiments' of a thermosealed in fact container 100 many aspects.Fig. 2 has described an inwall 110 with the cross section and has been connected with a connector 115.Though what show is a connector 115 with flexible section 160, connector 115 can be inflexibilty in certain embodiments.The inside of this connector 115 defines a passage 125 between the inside of this external container and a storage area 130 in fact.As shown in Figure 2, a plurality of flanges of the flexible section 160 of this connector 115 have formed a microscler passage of heat on the surface of this connector 115, this passage of heat has formed these edges of this passage 125 between the zone of this storage area 130 and this external container.Compare along this passage 125 smooth (for example, flangeless) of the microscler passage of heat of this passage 125 and the thermal energy transfer that reduces is provided by connector 115.

The connector of showing as Fig. 2 115 comprise in fact around this flexible section 160 an end first compression unit 250 and in fact around second compression unit 240 of the other end of this this flexible section 160.Though only showed a single compact-stranded wire 230 in the view of Fig. 2, in the embodiment of a reality, a plurality of compact-stranded wires 230 are positioned in around the circumference of this flexible section 160.These a plurality of compact-stranded wires 230 are attached to this first compression unit 250 and this second compression unit 240 on the two, thereby have fixed admissible ultimate range between this first compression unit 250 and this second compression unit 240 in fact.A linkage unit 270 is connected this connector 115 with the inwall 110 of this container 100.

Inwall 110 and/or outer wall 105 be made by one or more materials and connector 115 be among a plurality of embodiments of making of the material different by one or more, in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, can comprise one or more linkage unit 270, to guarantee between this inwall 110 and this connector 115 and/or suitable strong, durable between outer wall 105 and this connector 115 and/or air-lockedly be connected effect." linkage unit " comprises a unit that is configured on two different parts that are connected to this container 100 as used in this, thereby forms a kind of connection between these different parts.Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be included in a kind of air-locked connection between the outer wall of first terminal and the edge that should outer cinclides of this connector 115.Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be included in this passage this second terminal and should in a kind of air-locked connection between inwall of edge of cinclides.Be included in this second end of this passage and a kind of air-locked connection between this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 among some embodiments, this air-locked connection is in fact around the hole in this thermosealed in fact storage area 130.For example, at inwall 110 and/or outer wall 105 is made of aluminum and connector 115 is among a plurality of embodiments that made by stainless steel, in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, can comprise one or more linkage unit 270, to guarantee in a kind of suitably strong and air-locked attached effect between this inwall 110 and this connector 115 and/or between outer wall 105 and this connector 115.Be included in a kind of air-locked connection between the outside of this first terminal and this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 of this passage among some embodiments, this air-locked connection is in fact around the hole in this outside.For example, can comprise one in fact the linkage unit of ring-type in order to functionally connect the top of this connector 115 and the edge in the hole in the outer wall 105.For example, Fig. 2 has showed between the edge in the bottom margin of this connector 115 and the hole in this inwall 110 one linkage unit 270 of ring-type in fact.These linkage units of 270 as shown in Figure 2 can be made by the clad metal of roll bonding, the transition inserting member of roll bonding for example, as from Si Bo Industries, Inc (Spur Industries Inc.) (Washington, Spokane city (Spokane WA)) obtainable those.For example, comprise that the transition inserting member that a stainless steel lining is attached to a kind of roll bonding on the aluminium lamination is for the suitable matrix of making the linkage unit 270 between aluminium matter outer wall 105 or inwall 110 and the stainless steel connector 115.In such an embodiment, linkage unit 270 be positioned such that identical materials be placed in each other near and use method commonly used (as welding) then and this operationally is sealed.For example, comprise among the embodiment of an aluminium matter outer wall 105 and a stainless steel connector 115 at container 100, comprise that the transition inserting member that a stainless steel lining is attached to a kind of roll bonding on the aluminium lamination can be used in first linkage unit, this first linkage unit is appropriately located to and makes this aluminium outer wall 105 can be soldered on the aluminum portions of this first linkage unit.Equally, the stainless steel parts of this linkage unit can be soldered on the top of this stainless steel connector 115.Second linkage unit 270 can be used for the bottom margin of this stainless steel connector 115 operationally is attached to the edge in the hole of this aluminium inwall 110 similarly.In the embodiment who does not use linkage unit 270, can use method for welding and suitable filler material to come an operationally attached connector 115 of being made by the material that is different from manufacturing outer wall 105 and/or inwall 110 material therefors.

Show that as Fig. 2 the inside of this storage area 130 comprises a memory structure 200.This memory structure 200 is fixed on the internal surface of this inwall 110.The memory structure of showing among Fig. 2 200 comprises a plurality of holes 220,210 with equal sizes and shape.In the sectional view of Fig. 2, some in these holes 220,210 are drawn fully and some are only drawn by the part.This memory structure 200 comprises a plane structure, this plane structure comprises a plurality of holes 220,210, wherein this plane structure be positioned at this thermosealed storage area 130 a wall near, this wall is that single to enter the hole relative and parallel with this single diameter that enters the hole in fact with this.These a plurality of holes 220,210 that are included in this memory structure 200 comprise a plurality of circular in fact holes.These a plurality of holes 220,210 that are included in this memory structure 200 comprise around a plurality of holes 220 that the periphery of this memory structure 200 is located and a single hole 210 that is positioned at the center of this memory structure 200.As shown in Figure 2, these holes 220,210 that are included in this memory structure 200 have similar in fact size and shape, thereby allow these radiator units to exchange in different hole 220,210 with these storage material modules.

Though what describe among Fig. 2 is a memory structure 200 on plane in fact, memory structure can comprise support, hook, spring, flange or other are suitable for reversibly storing these heat spreader modules of this embodiment and the multiple configuration of storage material module in certain embodiments.For example, a memory structure can comprise a plurality of supports and/or hook.For example, a memory structure can comprise a plurality of supports that have opening, and these openings are configured for a plurality of heat spreader modules and the slippage of storage material module are entered in this structure.For example, memory structure can comprise a plurality of suspension cylinders and/or have the structure of the carousel shape of opening, and these openings are configured for a plurality of heat spreader modules and the slippage of storage material module are entered in this structure.Some embodiments comprise the memory structure that has following feature (aspect), these features be configured for auxiliary a plurality of heat spreader modules and/or storage material module (as sliding motion structure and/or orientation direction structure) insertion, locate and remove.Some embodiments are included on the microscler pole post one and outsidely insert and remove device, as hook, ring or support, its be configured to auxiliary a plurality of heat spreader modules and/or storage material module insertion, locate and remove.

In certain embodiments, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is included in the one or more memory structures 200 at least one 130 inside, thermosealed storage area.A memory structure 200 is configured for and receives and store at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.A memory structure 200 is configured for the interchangeable storage of at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.For example, memory structure can comprise framework (rack), shelf, container, thermal insulation, shock insulation thing or be configured to material is stored in other structures in this storage area 130.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one support, and this support is configured to reversibly attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one framework, and this framework is configured to reversibly attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one anchor clamps, and these anchor clamps are configured to reversibly attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one fastening piece, and this fastening piece is configured to reversibly attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 is included in the one or more removable inserting member at least one 130 inside, thermosealed storage area.These removable inserting members can be made by any material that is suitable for this embodiment, comprise non-toxic material, metal, alloy, composite material or plastics.These one or more removable inserting members can comprise the inserting member that can be re-used or repair.These one or more removable inserting members can comprise the inserting member as for this embodiment being can being cleaned of being fit to, sterilization or sterilization.In certain embodiments, a memory structure comprises at least one support, and this support is configured to reversibly attached at least one heat spreader module or at least one storage material module.In certain embodiments, a memory structure is configured for the interchangeable storage of a plurality of modules, and wherein these modules comprise at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module.

In certain embodiments, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel can comprise one or more radiator unit that is thermally connected on one or more storage area 130.In certain embodiments, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can not comprise radiator unit.In certain embodiments, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be included in these container 100 inside, a plurality of radiator units within a storage area 130 for example.Radiator unit can be modular type and to be configured to be removable and interchangeable.In certain embodiments, to be configured to a plurality of storage material modules be interchangeable to radiator unit.Depend on embodiment, heat spreader module can be made of a variety of materials.The material that is used for being included in a heat spreader module can be selected based on multifrequency nature, and for example thermal conductivity, durability in time, material stability and the material when the experience distinct temperature freezes and stability, cost, weight, density and availability during the repetitive cycling of melting in experience.In certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of metal.For example, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made by stainless steel.For example, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of aluminum.In certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of plastics.For example, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made by polyethylene.For example, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made by polypropylene.It is durable and reusable that radiator unit can be manufactured into, and for example, radiator unit can be made of stainless steel and water.Radiator unit can be brought to a suitable temperature before putting into storage area 130, for example, radiator unit the outside of container 100-20 degrees centigrade down may be frozen and putting into storage area 130 then before be brought to 0 degree centigrade in the outside of this container 100.

Term " radiator unit " comprises that one or more absorbs the unit of heat energy as used in this.For example, the 5th, 390, No. 734 U. S. Patents that are called " radiator [Heat Sink] " referring to the name of authorizing people such as Voorhes; The name of authorizing people such as Ruka is called the 4th, 057, No. 101 U. S. Patents of " radiator [Heat Sink] "; The name of authorizing people such as Best is called the 4th, 003, No. 426 U. S. Patents of " heat or thermal energy storage structure [Heat or Thermal Energy Storage Structure] "; And authorize Faghri the name be called " thermal energy storage heat exchanger [Thermal Energy Storage Heat Exchanger] " the 4th, 976, No. 308 U. S. Patents, also have people such as Zalba, " thermal energy storage with phase transformation is looked back: material; Analysis of heat transfer and application [Review on thermal energy storage with phase change:materials; heat transfer analysis and applications] ", use heat enginnering [Applied Thermal Engineerin], 2003 the 23rd volumes, 251-283 page or leaf, these files are combined in this separately by reference.Among these embodiments described here, be included in all heat sink materials in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 and all be positioned at specific radiator unit, show as the following drawings.All embodiments described here comprise the heat sink material of the radiator unit that only is positioned at sealing, these materials be maintained in storage area 130 in any storage material different physically and separate.This physical distance under the not supercooled situation of this storage material, allow heat energy from the internal delivery of this storage area 130 to this radiator, supercooling for example may be damaged this storage material, many medical product must be stored in one and approach but be higher than under the temperature (for example, about 2 degrees centigrade to about 8 degrees centigrade) of freezing temperature.Referring to people such as Wirkas, " the vaccine cold chain in the PNC focus technology demand of the hot country of weather freezes research [A Vaccines Cold Chain Freezing Study in PNG Highlights Technology Needs for Hot Climate Countries] ", vaccine [Vaccine], 2007 the 25th volumes, the 691-697 page or leaf.Radiator unit can comprise, for example: the unit that comprises the ice that freezes water or other types; Be included in the frozen material that is generally gaseous state under ambient temperature and the pressure-as carbon dioxide (CO of freezing ₂) the unit; Be included in and be generally the fluent material of gaseous state such as the unit of liquid nitrogen under ambient temperature and the pressure; Comprise artificial gel with heat dispersion or the unit of composite material; The unit that comprises phase-change material; And the unit that comprises refrigeration agent.Referring to, for example: the name of authorizing people such as Kitahara is called the U. S. Patent 5,261,241 of " refrigeration agent [Refrigerant] "; The name of authorizing people such as Bivens is called the U. S. Patent 4,810,403 of " the halogenated hydrocarbon blend [Halocarbon Blends for Refrigerant Use] that is used for the refrigeration agent purposes "; The name of authorizing people such as Enjo is called the U. S. Patent 4 of " the absorption refrigeration agent composition [Absorption Refrigerant Compositions for Use in Absorption Refrigeration Systems] that is used for absorption refrigeration system ", 428,854; And authorize the U. S. Patent 4,482,465 that the Gray name is called " hydrocarbon-halocarbon refrigerant blend [Hydrocarbon-Halocarbon Refrigerant Blends] ", these patents are combined in this separately by reference.In certain embodiments, radiator material comprise the tetradecane and cetane binary mixture (referring to, for example, people such as Bo, " tetradecane and cetane binary mixture are used for storing [Tetradecane and hexadecane binary mixtures as phase change materials (PCMs) for cool storage in district cooling systems] at regional cooling system inter-cooling level as phase-change material (PCM) ", energy [Energy], 1999 the 24th volumes, 1015-1028 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference).In certain embodiments, heat sink material comprises unified dissolving company (Entropy Solutions Inc., Plymouth, Minnesota) obtainable commercially available material, for example PureTemp from Plymouth, Minnesota State city ^TMPhase-change material.

These heat sink materials that are used for given embodiment can change according to following factor: the desirable inside temperature of this storage area 130 and set use length and other factors, for example cost of this heat sink material, weight and toxicity.Though these heat sink materials only are intended to in the radiator unit that seals among these embodiments described here, the toxicity of heat sink material may be relevant for making or dispose purpose.As an example, for this storage area 130 be intended to maintain about 2 degree continued 30 days between about 8 degrees centigrade or a plurality of embodiments of longer time for, can be with water ice or frozen water composition as heat sink material.

Among these embodiments described here, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises one or more storage material modules.This thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 can be included in a plurality of storage material modules in the storage area 130, that be associated with a memory structure 200.The storage material module can be configured for the hole 220 of reversibly mating in this memory structure 200,210 edge, as shown in Figure 3.The storage material module can be configured to use with the hole 220 giving the container 100 of sizing and have specific dimensions, 210 memory structure 200.For example, a storage material module can have such height: be suitable for mating a memory structure 200 and not producing with the internal surface of this storage area 130 in the storage area 130 in the time of in stand up position and contact.For example, the storage material module can be columniform and be complementary with the jot external space in the hole 220 of memory structure 130,210.

" storage material module " refers to be configured for the Modular units of storage material in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 as used in this.The storage material module be modular type and to be configured to be removable and interchangeable.The storage material module is configured to be removable and be to each other and interchangeable to the radiator unit of for example similar size and shape.Be configured for in the hole 220,210 in memory structure of minimum open space coupling 200 as storage material module described here.The storage material module can comprise a plurality of storage elements.For example, a storage material module can comprise a plurality of cups, drawer, inserting member, depression, cavity or inner room, and wherein each can be a storage element that is configured for the storage of material.In certain embodiments, to be configured to be interchangeable with a plurality of radiator units to a plurality of storage material modules.The storage material module can be configured to have a stand-by memory structure 200 and be fixed in place in storage area 130.Depend on embodiment, the storage material module can be made by different materials.Can select based on multifrequency nature for the material that is included in a storage material module, for example thermal conductivity, durability in time, stability, stability, intensity, cost, weight, density and the availability of material through the different temperature of Z-TEK the time.In certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of metal.For example, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made by stainless steel.For example, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of aluminum.In certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made of plastics.For example, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made by polyethylene.For example, in certain embodiments, heat spreader module is made by polypropylene.

Fig. 3 has showed the many aspects of a memory structure 200 and a plurality of module 300, comprises a plurality of heat spreader modules 310 and storage material module 320.Show that as Fig. 3 memory structure 200 is configured for reception and stores a plurality of modules 300, wherein these modules comprise at least one heat spreader module 310 and at least one storage material module 320.Show that as Fig. 3 this memory structure 200 is configured for the interchangeable storage of a plurality of modules 300, wherein these modules comprise at least one heat spreader module 310 and at least one storage material module 320.The memory structure of showing as Fig. 3 200 comprises a plane structure, and this plane structure comprises a plurality of circular ports 220,210(sees Fig. 2).The a plurality of modules 300 of this that show among Fig. 3 are configured to reversibly to mate these circular ports 220,210 surface.The diverse location that these a plurality of modules 300 are configured in this memory structure 200 is interchangeable.This memory structure 200 comprises a plurality of circular ports 220,210 with equal in fact size and interval, and these circular ports are configured for the modularization format that promotes these a plurality of modules 300.Although the outside of this container 100 does not show in Fig. 3 that this memory structure 200 and this a plurality of modules 300 are configured in the storage area 130 that is included in a container 100.

A storage material module 320 of showing as Fig. 3 comprises a plurality of storage elements 330.Among the embodiment who shows in Fig. 3, these storage elements 330 are arranged to column structure in this storage material module 320.Each storage module 320 comprises a plurality of storage elements that are oriented to a columnar arrays.In certain embodiments, these a plurality of storage elements 330 can have size and the shape that equates in fact as described in Figure 3.In certain embodiments, these a plurality of storage elements 330 can be oriented to columnar arrays and wherein these storage elements 330 have in fact the horizontal dimension that equates and wherein, these a plurality of storage elements 330 comprise a plurality of independent storage element 330 with at least two different vertical sizes.A plurality of storage elements 330 with fixing horizontal dimension can be stacked as a linear array.Yet a plurality of storage elements 330 with fixing width or diameter do not need to have identical height.In certain embodiments, the storage element 330 with different heights can be store be of different sizes or the material of height desired.For example, in being configured for the embodiment who stores medical treatment product bottle such as vaccine vial, the storage element 330 with different heights can be configured for the vaccine vial that stores different sizes.Storage element 330 can be configured for the vaccine vial of the 3cc of the vaccine vial of the 2cc of storage standard size for example or normal size.A storage material module 320 also comprises a lid 340.This lid 340 can be configured to surround adjacent storage element 330.This lid can be removable and reproducible.A central stabilizer 350 can be attached on the storage material module 320.A central stabilizer 350 can reversibly be attached on the lid 340, and for example by the screw on this central authorities' stabilizer 350, this screw is configured for a lip-deep tapped hole of this lid 340 and matches.

Depend on embodiment, a plurality of storage material modules 320 and a plurality of storage materials unit 330 that is associated can be made of a variety of materials.For example, these storage material modules 320 and storage material unit 330 can be to be made by a kind of plastics or rigid foams of low thermal mass.In certain embodiments, these storage material modules 320 and storage material unit 330 can be made by acronitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) plastics.In certain embodiments, these storage material modules 320 can comprise metal parts.

In certain embodiments, a memory structure 200 and a plurality of module 300(comprise heat spreader module 310 and storage material module 320) can be configured for the interchangeable storage of heat spreader module 310 and storage material module 320.Can be at any special-purpose of this container 100 to the selection of the type of heat spreader module 310 and storage material module 320 and number and change.For example, be required in a predetermined temperature range, to store among the embodiment of longer a period of time in these storage material modules 320, can comprise relatively still less storage material module 320 and more relatively heat spreader module 310.For example, in embodiment as described in Figure 3, in the outer ring of this memory structure 200, can comprise amounting to nine heat spreader modules, and can comprise single storage material module 320 at the center of this circle.Can for example be configured for single storage material module 320 and amount to nine heat spreader module 310(as an embodiment described in Fig. 3 and comprise water ice) under a temperature between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade, store at least three months.Can for example be configured for two storage material modules 320 and amount to eight heat spreader module 310(as an embodiment described in Fig. 3 and comprise water ice) under a temperature between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade, store at least two months.

Can utilize other configurations and relative number purpose storage material module 320 and heat spreader module 310, this depends on concrete container 100 and the desired storage time in a specific temperature range.Storage material module 320 and the heat spreader module 310 that can comprise other configurations and ratio in a specific container 100, this depends on the desired storage time in a specific temperature range.Storage material module 320 and the heat spreader module 310 that can comprise other configurations and ratio in a specific container 100, this depends on the number of times of the event that enters in desired storage time in a specific temperature range.Can estimate that comprises the energy storage that the heat spreader module 310 that is in heat sink material under the specified temp, specific volume will have specified quantitative, as the energy with joulemeter.Suppose in this container 100, to exist constant heat leak, increment size that then can the unit of account storage time, for example joule number.Suppose there is the constant energy loss that enters in a storage area in the container, then can calculate the energy increment value that at every turn enters the storage area, as the joule number.For specific purposes, can comprise and have corresponding energy storage values one or more heat spreader modules 310 of (for example joule number), as calculating by the unit storage time.For specific purposes, can comprise and have corresponding energy storage values one or more heat spreader modules 310 of (for example joule number), as storage area (as removing and/or insert stored material) calculates by enter at every turn.

Fig. 4 has showed the many aspects that comprise a plurality of storage material modules 310, a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 of 320.Fig. 4 has described an inwall 110 and an attached connector 115 with the cross section.In order to show the inner piece of this container 100, in Fig. 4, do not describe aspect the outer wall 105 of this container and other.Storage area 130 in this inwall 110 comprises a plurality of storage modules 310,320.Fig. 4 has showed two heat spreader modules 310 with the cross section.Be apparent that in this sectional view these two heat spreader modules, 310 each self-contained two radiator units are a top heat dissipation region and a bottom heat dissipation region with respect to the orientation of Fig. 4.These heat spreader module 310 each self-contained lids 360.It is removable that this lid 360 can be configured to, and for example by helical screw thread, this screw thread is configured for an edge of this radiator unit of coupling.In certain embodiments, radiator unit or module can not comprise covers 360, but structurally sealed.In certain embodiments, this lid 360 can comprise flange, handle, knob or axle, and it is configured to realize insert and remove this heat spreader module 310 to this container 100.For example, lid 360 can comprise a kind of thin flexible arc material in the outside of this lid, and this arc material has suitable intensity and comes to this storage area 130 to insert and remove this heat spreader module 310 in order to allow it to be used as a handle.Heat spreader module 310 can be columniform, shows as Fig. 4.Heat spreader module 310 can comprise for example water, water ice and/or air.A heat spreader module 310 can comprise the heat sink material that can be reinstalled, for example water (that is, by again the cooling or freeze again).A heat spreader module 310 can comprise a kind of heat sink material that may be replaced (that is, by opening a lid 360).The heat spreader module of showing 310 is being columniform in fact in shape and is comprising a plurality of lids 360 that are configured for this heat spreader module 310 of reversibly opening.For example, these heat spreader modules 310 can be opened to be used for carrying out reinstalling or changing of heat sink material in these heat spreader modules 310.In certain embodiments, these heat spreader modules 310 can sealedly close (as, pass through solder joint) and be not configured for reversibly opening.These heat spreader modules 310 can comprise two or more radiator units (as, with respect to Fig. 4 at the top or the bottom).A plurality of radiator units can connect (for example attached by viscosity, welding is attached or screw type is reversible attached) and attached in order to form a heat spreader module 310 by module.

Some embodiments comprise as what Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 described having a plurality of heat spreader modules 310 of cylindrical shape in fact.The material that uses in the manufacturing of these radiator units may depend on the thermal characteristics of this heat sink material that for example stores in these heat spreader modules 310.The material that uses in the manufacturing of these heat spreader modules 310 may depend on for example cost, weight, availability and durability.These heat spreader modules 310 can be to be made by the stainless steel of the type that is suitable for this embodiment and thickness.These heat spreader modules 310 can comprise the water that is stored in inside as heat sink material.For example, columniform in fact heat spreader module 310 can be made and about 90% be filled by water by stainless steel.So, these heat spreader modules 310 can by horizontal positioned and in being set at approximately-20 degrees centigrade environment (for example, the freezer of standard) freezing.After a period of time that is enough to make the water in these heat spreader modules 310 to freeze, these heat spreader modules can be removed and be placed on that (for example, average room temperature) transfers ice to up to some water under about 20 degrees centigrade.Referring to for example " preventing the freezing damage [Preventing Freeze Damage to Vaccines] of vaccine ", WHO publication number WHO/IVB/07.09; And people such as Magennis, " medicine cold chain: last gap [Pharmaceutical Cold Chain:a Gap in the Last Mile] ", medicine and medical package news-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT are replenished [Pharmaceutical﹠amp; Medical Packaging News, Supply Chain Management Supplement], in September, 2010, the 44-50 page or leaf, above-mentioned file is combined in this by reference.In case these heat spreader modules 310 comprise ice and liquid water simultaneously, then they are ready to use in the storage area 130 in a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 with big temperature range between 0 degree centigrade to 10 degrees centigrade.

Fig. 4 has described intracardiac in this storage area 130 a storage material module 320 with the cross section.This storage material module 320 comprises a series of storage materials unit 330 that is arranged to columnar arrays.These storage material unit 330 comprise that separately a side regions 440 and one are oriented to respect to the rectangular in fact bottom section 430 of this side regions 440.These storage material unit 330 are included in a plurality of holes 410 in the bottom of this storage material unit 330 separately.Such hole can be configured for the thermal cycle around the storage material of improvement in this storage material unit 330.Such hole can be configured to improve the storage material ambient air stream in this storage material unit 330.This storage material module 320 is included in a base 420 of the lower end of this module 320, and this base has an outer surface, and this outer surface is configured for the internal surface that reversibly mates the central hole 210 in this memory structure 200.

Storage material module 320 can be configured for the hole (for example referring to Fig. 9, Figure 10 and Figure 11) of reversibly mating in this memory structure.This storage material module 320 comprises a plurality of storage materials unit 330.Though these storage material unit 330 of describing in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 have similar vertical size or height separately, in certain embodiments, these storage material unit 330 can have multiple vertical size or height.These storage material unit 330 are configured to the shape of cup-shaped separately.These storage material unit 330 comprise that separately a side regions 440 and one are oriented to respect to the rectangular in fact bottom section 430 of this side regions 440.These storage material unit 330 are included in a plurality of holes 410 in the bottom of this cup-shaped unit separately.These storage material unit 330 are aligned to column and pile up, and wherein the majority in these storage material unit 330 is to be shelved on the top of storage material unit, a bottom 330.Bottom in this row storage material unit 330, the storage material unit 330 of below is positioned on the top of a storage material module base 420.Top in this row storage material unit 330, the highest storage material unit 330 is covered by a lid 340.This lid 340 comprises an attachment area 370.Although not specified (NS) among Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, in certain embodiments, a storage material module 320 comprises flange, knob, handle or axle, and it is configured to realize this storage material module 320 is removed and inserts in the storage area 130.Although not specified (NS) among Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, in certain embodiments, storage material module 320 comprises a depression along at least one vertical side, and this depression is configured for the lead that inserts and support as the part of an information system.Although not specified (NS) in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, but in certain embodiments, storage material module 320 comprises a depression along at least one vertical side, and this depression is configured for the lead that inserts and support as the part of a sensing system.

On the top of this storage material module 320 of showing with the cross section, Fig. 4 has described to be configured for a central stabilizer unit 350 reversibly has been attached to a attachment area 370 on this storage material module 320.For example, this attachment area 370 can comprise a threaded portion, and this threaded portion is configured for and reversibly mates a threaded portion on the central stabilizer unit 350.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 can be constructed by a kind of material (for example plastics of low thermal mass or rigid foams) with low heat conductivity.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 can be configured to fill in fact the passage 125 in this connector 115.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 can be configured to provide side stabilization and/or supporting effect to attached storage material module 320.Show that as Fig. 4 the far-end of a central stabilizer unit 350 can reach outside the end of this connector 115.

Fig. 5 has showed the many aspects that are used for a kind of equipment of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.A kind of equipment of showing as Fig. 5 comprises: a storage material module, this storage material module comprises a plurality of storage elements that are configured for a plurality of medical article units of storage, and this storage material module comprises a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and comprises a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit; Be configured for a stable storing device unit on the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module; Be configured in a plurality of storage elements that reversibly mate in this storage material module at least one the surface and be configured for the storage material module lid on the surface of reversibly mating this at least one stable storing device unit; And a central stabilizer unit that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid, wherein should central authorities' stabilizer unit have certain size and shape in order to fill a passage in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in fact.The size of this equipment and shape depend on this special container 100 that this equipment is used for.For example, this storage material module base 420 is configured for the surface of reversibly mating the hole in this memory structure 200, and this lid 500 is configured in the outside of this container 100.Therefore, this equipment (for example must have a suitable length, along the axis between this storage material module base 420 and this lid handle 510) in order to allow this storage material module base 420 reversibly to mate the surface in the hole in this memory structure 200, allow this lid 500 to rest on the outside of this container 100 simultaneously.Equally, storage material module base 420, storage material module 320 and the central stabilizer 350 of this equipment all are configured to remain reversibly to be passed this passage 125 to the inside insertion of this container 100 and shift out.Therefore, this equipment must have a diameter across this storage material module base 420, storage material module 320 and central stabilizer 350 (being approximate horizontal with respect to Fig. 5 for example) in order to be engaged in this passage 125.Preferably, this central authorities' stabilizer 350 has a diameter of the minimum diameter that is similar to this passage 125, make when this equipment uses the air space of a minimum of existence between the surface of the outer surface of this central authorities' stabilizer 350 and this connector 115 like this in this container 100.The equipment of showing as Fig. 5 also should have weight and the size that suitable people controls.For example, this equipment should be configured to allow the individual easily with a hand this equipment partly to be pulled out from this container 100 and shift out stored material with the another hand from storage element 330.For example, the entire equipment of showing as Fig. 5 be no more than 3kg or be no more than 5kg or be no more than 7kg or be no more than 10kg when the storage material that comprises uses in these storage elements 330A-I.

A plurality of parts of this equipment can be made of a variety of materials, and this depends on embodiment.For example, a plurality of parts can be by making at the selected material of multiple attribute, and these attributes are for example cost, intensity, density, weight, durability, low heat transfer characteristic, corrosion resistance and thermostability.Some parts can be by a kind of rigid plastic material for example polyoxymethylene (POM) or Delrin ^TMMake.Some parts can be made by stainless steel.Some parts can be made of aluminum.Some parts can be made by glass-reinforced plastic (GRP) (GRP) or glass fibre.

As shown in Figure 5, a storage material module 320 comprises a plurality of storage materials unit, 330A, 330B, 330C, 330D, 330E, 330F, 330G, 330H and 330I.These storage elements 330A-I is oriented to a cylindrical array in this storage material module 320.These storage elements 330A-I is oriented to a vertical stacking in this storage material module 320.As shown in the figure, to be configured in this storage material module 320 be interchangeable to these storage elements 330A-I.For example, can not lose under the situation that function and size of population and shape do not have significantly to change storage element 330B and storage element 330D shifts out from this storage material module 320 and switching position (for example, making that the order of storage element will be A, D, C, B, E, F, G, H, I) in this storage material module 320 in this storage material module 320.As shown in the figure, storage element 330A-I has in fact similarly size and shape.In certain embodiments, may there be at least two storage elements 330 to have similar diameter with respect to this row storage material module 320, but have different length or height for the storage material module 320 of showing with respect to Fig. 5.The storage element that varies in size 330 like this may be fit to the material of different size is stored in the single storage material module 320.For example, the medical treatment product bottle (for example, vaccine vial) of different heights can be stored in the different storage elements 330 with different heights in the single storage material module 320.

These storage elements 330A-I is configured for separately and stores a plurality of medicinal unit, and more specifically these storage elements 330A-I is configured for separately and stores a plurality of medical treatment product bottles with the size set and shape, for example vaccine vial.These storage elements 330A-I vaccine vial is configured for the vaccine vial that stores some, and this depends on the size (for example, the bottle of 2cc or 3cc) of these vaccine vial.During given free space, these storage elements 330A-I is configured for the medical treatment product bottle that stores maximum number separately, for example is less than 30 medical treatment product bottles, is less than 20 medical product bottles, is less than 10 medical product bottles.In certain embodiments, one or more being configured among these a plurality of storage element 330A-I stores a plurality of packings of pre-installing medical treatment product injectors and being associated, and for example contains the prefilled syringe of vaccine.Given free space and during with packing that prefilled syringe is associated, these storage elements 330A-I can be configured for the prepackage medical treatment product injector that stores maximum number separately, for example is less than 25 pharmaceutical injection devices, is less than 20 pharmaceutical injection devices, is less than 15 pharmaceutical injection devices, is less than 10 pharmaceutical injection devices or is less than 5 pharmaceutical injection devices.The material that extra packing, liner or restriction are polluted may be added among one or more storage element 330A-I, and is desirable as specific embodiment and type for storage material.One or more storage element 330A-I can also be left a blank in the using process of this container, and this depends on user's needs.

This storage material module 320 comprises a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.More precisely, this storage material module 320 comprises a storage material module base 420, and this base operationally is attached on this storage material module at the end place away from this storage material module lid on this storage material module.The outer surface of storage material module base 420 is configured for the hole 220 of reversibly mating in this memory structure 200,210 edge surface (not showing among Fig. 5).In certain embodiments, that show and as in literal associated therewith, discussing more fully as Figure 26-31, a storage material module base 420 comprises one or more holes, and these holes have the edge that is configured for the outer surface that reversibly mates a stabilizer unit.

The equipment that Fig. 5 describes also comprises a stable storing device unit 570, and this stable storing device unit is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this storage material module 320.Among a plurality of storage element 330A-I in this storage material module 320 each comprises a surface that is configured for the outer surface that reversibly mates this stable storing device unit 570.In addition referring to Fig. 9-11 and associated literal.As shown in Figure 5, having a single stable storing device unit 570 of staff-like shape in fact is along the outward edge location on the surface of this storage material module 320.In certain embodiments, can there be two or more stable storing device unit 570.To depend on the set purposes of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, for example desired movement of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in transportation or using process to the selection of the number of stable storing device unit 570 and position.Stable storing device unit 570 is configured for provides lateral support to these storage material module 320 posts, thereby in use keeps the structure of this storage material module 320.Depend on embodiment, stable storing device unit 570 can be made by for example materials such as stainless steel, plastics or glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).For durability, stable storing device unit 570 can be made by a kind of material corrosion resistant and that keep its performance in given set purposes.For example, comprise that in set purposes internal storage area 130 with container 100 maintains among a plurality of embodiments between 0 degree centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade, stable storing device unit 570 can be made by a kind of material that can keep its intensity and structure in this temperature range that is expected at.For example, comprise among a plurality of embodiments of wet condition in this set purposes that stable storing device unit 570 can be made by a kind of material that has low-corrosiveness under these conditions.Figure 11, Figure 12 and Figure 21-29 and literal associated therewith have further described stable storing device unit 570.

As shown in Figure 5, this equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, and this storage material module lid is configured for the surface of at least one storage element in a plurality of storage elements that reversibly mate in this storage material module 320 (330A that shows as Fig. 5) and is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this at least one stable storing device unit 570.This storage material module lid 340 is configured to be positioned at an end place of the columnar arrays of the storage material unit 330 in the storage material module 320.A storage material module lid 340 can comprise at least one hole, and this hole has a surface on the surface that is configured for the contact pin of reversibly mating a storage material unit 330.A storage material module lid 340 can comprise at least one hole, and this hole is configured for a fastening piece that is attached between this storage material module 320 and this storage material module lid 340.Depend on embodiment, storage material module lid 340 can be made by the low heat density of having of some and enough intensity and the material of durability.For example, storage material module lid 340 can be made by low-heat dense plastic or glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).

A storage material module lid 340 is configured for a surface of reversibly mating a central stabilizer unit 350.This lid can comprise a join domain 370, as among Figure 13-17 in greater detail.A join domain 370 can comprise a base and a wheel rim, and wherein this join domain 370 surface is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this central authorities' stabilizer 350.Join domain 370 is configured to allow the user reversibly to slide this storage material module 320 with this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 in the using process of this equipment and keeps their relative position.A storage material module lid 340 can comprise that one comprises the join domain 370 in hole and a circuit connector in this hole, and this circuit connector is configured for a lip-deep corresponding circuit connector that reversibly mates at this central authorities' stabilizer 350.For example, the hole in storage material module lid 340 can be configured to allow a circuit connector to be positioned at this hole, and this circuit connector is oriented to mate a corresponding connector on the central stabilizer unit 350.A storage material module lid 340 can comprise a surface area, and this surface area is configured for a surface of a fastening piece that reversibly mates between this storage material unit cover 340 and central stabilizer 350.

The equipment that Fig. 5 shows also comprises a central stabilizer unit 350.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid 340, wherein should central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 has certain size and shape in order to fill a passage 125 in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in fact.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 often is being positioned such that a central axial line is identical in fact with the post that is formed by this storage material module 340 in the using process.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 comprises a base 560, and wherein this base 560 comprises a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid 340.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 can comprise a hole 550, this hole is configured for and makes the user touch a fastening piece release member, and this fastening piece release member is for a fastening piece between this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 and this storage material module 340.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 can comprise and is oriented to this central authorities' stabilizer unit reversibly is attached to a fastening piece on this storage material module lid 340.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 can comprise a mechanical release that operationally is attached on this fastening piece, and this release member is oriented to touch from the outer surface of this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350, for example, passes a hole 550.

The equipment of showing as Fig. 5 comprises a lid 500, this lid be attached on this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 on the end away from a position of this storage material module lid 340.This lid 500 is attached on a lip-deep handle 510 away from this end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350.This lid 500 can comprise a display device 520, and a figure display unit for example is as monitor unit, screen or a video display devices.This display device 520 can be one with this lid 500.Display device 520 can be a LCD display.This lid can also comprise a dynamo-electric user input apparatus 530, for example operationally is attached to the button on the circuit.In certain embodiments, this user input apparatus 530 and the circuit that is associated operationally are attached on this display device 520, for example make like this that signal is sent on the display device 520 when the user operates this user input apparatus 530.For example, the people can press a button-type user input apparatus 530 and signal is sent to this circuitry, thereby causes this system to respond by sending a signal, in order to show up-to-date sensor reading at this display device 520.This lid 500 can comprise that enters a hole 540, and this enters the hole and is used for touching a connector that is operably connected on the circuit that is positioned at these lid 500 belows.In a plurality of embodiments, this lid 500 can be made by the multiple different material with low heat conductivity and suitable durability, hardness and intensity.For example, this lid can be made by plastics or the aluminium of a kind of suitable plastic, glass-impregnated.

Though not shown in Figure 5, this lid 500 is as the cover of the circuitry in a space that is arranged in this lid below and these container 100 outsides in certain embodiments.For example, a circuitry can comprise a global location device (namely, GPS) and the time lag that is configured to set or when the user operates a user input apparatus 530 in response to an input signal, signal is sent on the display device 520.For example, circuitry can be operably connected to be positioned on the storage material module 320 or stabilizer unit 570 in a temperature transducer on, the time lag that this circuitry is configured for to set or when the user operates a user input apparatus 530 in response to an input signal, signal is sent on the display device 520.In certain embodiments, a circuitry can be operably connected to an electric mechanical switch in a lip-deep zone that is positioned at this lid 500, and this zone is configured for the surface of reversibly mating a thermosealed in fact container 100 when this lid 500 is positioned on the container 100.When can being equipped with the circuit that is associated to be engaged (that is, the pressure that is against on this lid 500 by the surface of container 100 is depressed) with this switch of box lunch, keeps such electric mechanical switch a closed circuit.The electric mechanical switch that is positioned at a lip-deep circuitry of this lid 500 and is associated can be configured to not engage and the closed circuit that is associated is disconnected and the alarm of sounding in response to this electric mechanical switch, for example the signal specific on this display device 520.Circuitry can be configured for record for example from the data of passing in time of sensor.A circuitry can be configured to show data at this user input apparatus 530 of operation at this display device 520 in response to the user of this equipment.Circuitry can be configured to detect predefined parameter (for example, predefined gps coordinate) or detect a preset temperature and show data at this display device 520 in response to an attached sensor.

A circuitry can comprise at least one power supply.A power supply can be derived from for example municipal power supply, battery or electricity generating device.Power supply can comprise and be configured to be connected with municipal power supply (for example by with lid 500 in enter being connected that hole 540 is associated) an electric coupler.A power supply can comprise a battery pack.A power supply can comprise generator, for example a solar generator.In certain embodiments, a plurality of sensors in this equipment can also be operably connected on the power supply that is positioned at these lid 500 belows.For example, power supply (for example battery pack) can be operably connected on the temperature transducer that is positioned at stabilizer unit by lead, and these leads extend through this stabilizer unit, pass hole in this storage material module lid 340, pass the hole in this central authorities' stabilizer 350 and arrive the circuit that is positioned at these lid 500 belows.For example, power supply (for example battery pack) can be operably connected on the display device 520 that is associated with the surface of this lid 500.

Circuitry can be operatively coupled on the computing device, for example by wired connection (hole of for example passing in this lid 500 540 that enters connects) or wireless connections.This computing device can comprise a display device, for example monitor unit, screen or a video display devices.This computing device can comprise a user interface, for example keyboard, small keybroad, touch screen or computer mouse.Computing device can be a desktop system, and perhaps it can comprise and is arranged to mobile computing device, as a PDA, plate device, portable machine or mobile phone.System user can use this computing device obtain about this circuitry and equipment information, inquire this circuitry or predefined parameter about this circuitry be set.For example, remote system user (for example operating the individual of remote computing device) can send signal to this circuitry, and these signals have be used to the instruction of the parameter of the temperature reading accepted that a temperature transducer is set and the instruction that is used for transmitting signals to this display device 520 when temperature reading and these can be accepted parameter drift-out.

A circuitry can comprise a controller.A circuitry can comprise a power supply unit.This power supply unit can be configured to for example be used for passing by in time and guarantee that the energy of this system uses.The total energy that this power supply unit can be configured to for example be used in this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in the container 100 minimizes, and for example is by minimizing to the electric power distribution of the one or more sensors that are positioned at this storage material module 320 or stabilizer unit 570.This power supply unit can comprise a battery capacity monitor.This power supply unit can comprise panel switches.This power supply unit can comprise charging circuit.This power supply unit can be operatively connected on the power supply.For example, this power supply unit can be configured for the flow of electrical power between the miscellaneous part that monitors in this power supply and this circuitry.Lead connects and power supply unit can be operably connected on the power supply.

Depend on embodiment, this circuitry can comprise extra parts.For example, this circuitry can comprise at least one indicator, as a light-emitting diode display or a display indicator.For example, this circuitry can comprise provides at least one of audible indicator indicator, as is configured to produce an acoustic emitter of beeping sound, tone, sound signal or alarm.For example, this circuitry can comprise at least one antenna.Antenna can be configured to send and/or receive signal from sensor network.Antenna can be configured to send and/or receive signal from external network, for example from cellular network or as the part of a kind of ad-hoc system, the information that provides about one group of thermosealed in fact container 100 is provided in this system.This circuitry can comprise one or more global location devices (for example, GPS).This circuitry can comprise that one or more number are according to storage element, as computer DRAM, hard disk drive or CD drive.This circuitry can comprise and is configured for processing from the circuit of the data of sensor network.This circuitry can comprise logic system.This circuitry can comprise that other are suitable for the parts of specific embodiment.

This circuit electronics can comprise one or more external network connection sets.An external network connection set can comprise a cellular phone network transceiver unit.An external network connection set can comprise a WiFi ^TMThe network transceivers unit.An external network connection set can comprise an ethernet transceiver unit.An external network connection set can be configured to transmit with the Short Message Service (SMS) agreement.An external network connection set can be configured to be transferred in the GPRS (GPRS).An external network connection set can be configured to be transferred on the ad-hoc network system.An external network connection set can be configured to be transferred on the ad-hoc network system, as the mesh network of a peer to communication network at the same level, a self-actualization, perhaps a ZigBee ^TMNetwork.

Fig. 6 has showed the many aspects of the use of an equipment that goes out as shown in Figure 5.Fig. 6 has showed how a plurality of parts of this equipment can relative to each other be offset in order to touch the interior storage material of this storage element 330A-I.In the view of Fig. 6, some among these a plurality of storage materials unit 330A-I moved with respect to these storage material module 320 posts.Storage material unit 330A and 330B with respect to the remaining part of these storage material module 320 posts vertically or upwards (as shown in Figure 6) moved, this storage material module post comprises storage material unit 330C-I and base 420.The user who has allowed this equipment that relatively moves of these storage material unit 330A and 330B touches the material that is stored among this storage material unit 330B, for example catches one of them storage medical treatment product bottle by user's finger.Equally, the user who has allowed this equipment that relatively moves of these storage material unit 330A and 330B inserts material among the storage material unit 330B, for example by the medical treatment product bottle in user's hand is placed among the storage material unit 330B.Depend on embodiment, the relatively moving of these storage material unit (for example shown in Figure 6 330A and 330B) be enough to allow to touch the storage material in these storage material unit.For example, contacted a plurality of storage materials unit (for example 330B among Fig. 5 and 330C) should be moved apart at least 3 centimetres, at least 4 centimetres or at least 5 centimetres each other before, and this depends on the size of this storage material.For example, before each other contacted a plurality of storage materials unit (for example 330B among Fig. 5 and 330C) should move to each other at a distance of the height of the wall of this unit (for example 330C among Fig. 6) that will therefrom remove material far away like that at least.

Describe as Fig. 6, have a plurality of stable storing device unit 570A, 570B in certain embodiments.These stable storing devices unit 570A, 570B are configured for a surface of at least one storage element among a plurality of storage element 330A-I that reversibly mate in this storage material module 320 separately and are configured for the surface of reversibly mating among these stable storing devices unit 330A-I separately.For example, as shown in Figure 6, these stable storing devices unit 570A, 570B are configured to a plurality of tubular structures, and these storage elements 330A-I is equipped with a circular surface zone on the surface of reversibly mating these tubular structures.As shown in Figure 6, different stable storing device unit 570A, 570B can have different relative diameters.For example, stable storing device unit 570A can have the double approximately diameter for stable storing device unit 570B diameter.For example, stable storing device unit 570A can have about one centimetre diameter, and stable storing device unit 570B can have about half centimetre diameter.In certain embodiments, these a plurality of storage element 330A-I are configured for along an axis that is limited in fact by one or more stable storing device unit 570A, 570B and slide.As shown in Figure 6, these stable storing devices unit 570A, 570B are configured to a plurality of tubular structures, and be equipped with the surface area of a correspondence, this corresponding surface area reversibly to mate the surface of these tubular structures and can slide along the surface of these tubular structures at these storage elements 330A-I.In having a plurality of different stable storing device unit 570A, 570B with different relative diameters, these corresponding storage element 330A-I surfaces that are configured for the surface of these stabilizer unit of coupling 570A, 570B have different size (referring to Fig. 9-11 and related text) similarly.The embodiment who shows as Fig. 6 comprises two stable storing device unit 570A, 570B, yet, can there be a single stable storing device unit in certain embodiments or more than two stable storing device unit.The set purposes of special container 100 is depended in the number of stable storing device unit and the selection of relative position.For example, a container 100 that is arranged in the metastable facility can be than container 100 needs stable storing device unit 570A, the 570B still less that are designed to frequent transportation in use or resettlement.Depend on the set purposes of this container 100, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can be made of a variety of materials.The selection of material can relate to a plurality of Considerations, for example durability, thermal characteristics, corrosion resistance and cost.In certain embodiments, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can be made by stainless steel.In certain embodiments, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can be made by plastics or glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).

Fig. 7 has showed an equipment as shown in Figure 5 with full side view.Equipment in the configuration that Fig. 7 shows is suitable for a thermosealed in fact container 100 and is fit to be placed on wherein.Equipment as shown in Figure 7 comprises a lid 500, and this lid has an integral type handle 510 and a user input apparatus 530, for example an electric mechanical switch.This lid 500 is attached on this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 at an end place opposite with the base 560 of a central stabilizer unit 350.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 comprises a hole 550, this hole is configured to allow the user of this equipment to touch a fastening piece in this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350, for example is configured for this central authorities' stabilizer unit with respect to a storage material module lid 340 a fixing fastening piece in place reversibly.This hole comprises a storage material module 320, and this storage material module is attached on this storage material module lid 340 at opposite with this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 on this storage material module lid 340 face.This storage material module 320 comprises a plurality of storage elements of being aligned to a vertical stacking (for example 330), and the top of each storage element during wherein this piles up contacts with the corresponding lower edge of adjacent storage units.The bottom of this storage material module 320 comprises a storage material module base 420.In the view of Fig. 7, all storage elements in this storage material module 320 (for example 330) all are on the storage location, and do not have substantial space or distance between these storage elements.Though do not illustrate among Fig. 7, this equipment can also be included in the one or more stable storing devices unit that is positioned at these storage element back in this view.

Fig. 8 has described a kind of equipment as shown in Figure 7 with similarly full side view.Equipment shown in Figure 8 comprise with Fig. 7 in identical feature, the remaining part (330C-I) during in addition two in these storage elements (330A and 330B) pile up with this storage element separates.This configuration will allow to touch the material that is stored in this storage element that is labeled as 330C.As shown in Figure 8, these storage elements 330A and 330B be an axis that limits in fact along by two stable storing device unit 570A and 570B separating of residue unit.Corresponding to relatively moving of these storage elements, the two ends of this equipment, handle 510 and this storage material module base 420 are in the length of the distance between storage element 330B and the 330C that has been separated from each other among Fig. 7 among Fig. 8.

Fig. 9 has showed the many aspects of a storage material unit 330.The storage material unit of showing 330 comprises a sidewall 440.This sidewall 440 be by one in fact the curved screens of cylindrical structural form.The lower limb of this sidewall 440 comprises at least one depression 940.These edges of this depression 940 are configured for the surface of reversibly mating the one or more corresponding contact pin 900 on an adjacent storage material unit 330.Storage material unit 330 can be included at least one tab construction 900 on the top edge of this cup-like structure.A storage material unit 330 can comprise at least one depression 940, and wherein, this depression 940 is configured to a reversibly tab construction 900 on adjacent storage material unit 330 of coupling.For example, a series of tab construction 900 and cave in accordingly and 940 can help to make the storage material unit 330 of a columnar arrays in a storage material module 320 stable.A series of tab construction 900 and cave in accordingly and 940 can be configured to make the potential displacement of these storage material unit 330 in a storage material module 320 to minimize.A series of tab construction 900 and cave in accordingly and 940 can be configured for adding to one or more storage materials unit 320 or remove and make the stability increase of these storage material unit 330 a storage material unit 330 in the process of storage material.A storage material unit 330 comprises a bottom 430, and is that this bottom comes down to the plane and be attached on this sidewall 440 with the right angle in fact.This storage material unit bottom 430 can comprise one or more holes 410, these holes are configured to allow to pass this storage material unit and carry out air circulation, for example in storage process or when this equipment just is being inserted in the thermosealed in fact container or is therefrom shifting out.This sidewall 440 comprises at least one space 910, and this space is configured to be shorter than on this sidewall 440 zone in other zones.Space 910 can be directed and be configured to allow the user of this equipment to observe the inside of this storage material unit 330, for example is stored in any material in this storage material unit 330.Space 910 can be directed and be configured to allow more the user of this equipment to touch to be stored in any material in this storage material unit 330, for example when this storage material unit be (as Fig. 8) during away from an adjacent storage material unit.Space 910 can be configured to allow to pass a storage material unit 330 and carry out thermal cycle.Space 910 can be configured to allow mobile this storage material unit 330 that passes of air.Space 910 can be configured to allow the storage material in this storage material unit 330 of visual identity.

A storage material unit 330 comprises at least one stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930.As shown in Figure 9, this storage material unit 330 comprises two stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930.As shown in Figure 9, these stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 are equipped with a surface separately, and this surface has certain size and shape in order to reversibly mate a surface of a stabilizer unit 570.For example, stabilizer unit attachment area 920 is configured for the surface of the stabilizer unit 570B among the embodiment that match map 5 reversibly shows.For example, stabilizer unit attachment area 930 is configured for the surface of the stabilizer unit 570A among the embodiment that match map 5 reversibly shows.Though the stabilizer unit attachment area 920, the 930th that Fig. 9 shows is configured for the surface, the columniform in fact zone of tubular stabilizer unit 570A, 570B in the match map 5 reversibly, the stabilizer unit attachment area can have other shape in certain embodiments.For example, the stabilizer unit attachment area can be configured to an oblong, rectangle, triangle or in order to make this surface reversibly mate surperficial needed other shapes of corresponding stabilizer unit in fact.As shown in Figure 9, these stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 have and are configured to the surface that allows this stabilizer unit to slide with respect to the surface of this storage material unit 330.The length on the surface that is shorter in length than a corresponding stabilizer unit that these stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 have.These stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 are configured for the substantive zone on the surface of reversibly mating a corresponding stabilizer unit when relative to each other move on these surfaces.

Figure 10 has showed the many aspects of a storage material unit 330.The view that Figure 10 shows is that a storage material unit 330(such as Fig. 9 show) " overlooking " view.A storage material unit 330 comprises a sidewall 440 and a bottom section 430.This bottom section can comprise a plurality of holes 410, for example passes this storage material unit 330 in order to promote air to flow.This sidewall 440 can comprise one or more tab construction 900.This storage material unit 330 can comprise at least one stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930.In this storage material unit comprises more than a stabilizer unit attachment area 920, a plurality of embodiments of 930, these zones can have different sizes and shape, for example keep stability or suitable other designing requirement of conduct of the directivity of this equipment in order to promotion.For example, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B comprise a plurality of other features within its inside, show as Figure 11 is further.

Figure 11 has described a storage material unit 330 with the bottom storage material many aspects together in stabilizer unit 570A associated therewith, 570B and the columnar arrays with the horizontal section.The view that Figure 11 describes is similar to the view that Figure 10 shows, only has extra storage material unit, a plurality of bottom and stabilizer unit 570A associated therewith, 570B.A storage material unit 330 comprises a sidewall 440, and a bottom section 430.This sidewall 440 can comprise one or more tab construction 900.This bottom section can comprise a plurality of holes 410, for example passes this storage material unit 330 in order to promote air to flow.As shown in Figure 11, these holes 410 in the adjacent storage material unit (for example, the 330A among Fig. 5,330B and 330C) do not need to align or are corresponding with the linear array that passes this post.

Storage material unit 330 shown in Figure 11 comprises stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930.In the embodiment shown in fig. 11, these stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 have the similar curves shape of different-diameter.These stabilizer unit attachment area 920,930 have the surface of these outer surfaces that reversibly mate stabilizer unit 570A, 570B separately.These stabilizer unit 570A, 570B comprise pipe and at least one outer tube in one with different inside diameters separately, these pipes are oriented at least one interior pipe and at least one outer tube relative to each other, and the size of these pipes is determined to be for relative to each other sliding.These pipes that comprise among each stabilizer unit 570A, 570B have formed a shrinking structure along the length of these stabilizer unit 570A, 570B.Equally referring to Figure 12.In these that comprise among each stabilizer unit 570A, 570B each self-forming of pipe an endoporus, these endoporus are included in the inner space in each stabilizer unit 570A, 570B.Inner space in stabilizer unit 570A, the 570B can comprise extra parts.As shown in figure 11, the inner space in the stabilizer unit 570A comprises a circuit connector 1110, for example a plurality of common connector between a plurality of leads and a plurality of circuit block.A circuit connector 1110 can comprise for example electrical cnnector of the other types of a cable connector, a quick break part, a keying connector, a plug and socket connector or suitable specific embodiment.Show that as Figure 11 the inner space in this stabilizer unit 570B comprises a keeping unit 1100.This keeping unit 1100 is configured for keeps the tension force on the bar, shows as Figure 17 is further.In certain embodiments, the inner space in stabilizer unit 570A, the 570B can be empty or comprise the miscellaneous part that is applicable to given embodiment.

Figure 12 has showed a storage material module lid 340 and two the stabilizer unit 570A that are associated, 570B and has not had storage material module 320.Though a storage material module lid 340 and two the stabilizer unit 570A that are associated, 570B generally implement with compound mode with storage material module 320, for the purpose of showing, this storage material module 320 has removed from Figure 12.As shown in figure 12, a storage material module lid 340 comprises an attachment area 370.Equally as shown in figure 12, stabilizer unit 570A, 570B comprise pipe and at least one outer tube in one with different inside diameters separately.For example, Figure 12 has showed that stabilizer unit 570A comprises 1200 and outer tubes 1220 of pipe in, and the outer surface of pipe 1200 is oriented to reversibly mate the internal surface of this outer tube 1220 in wherein being somebody's turn to do.Should interiorly manage 1200 and be oriented to slide with respect to this outer tube 1220 with flexible form, made like this that being somebody's turn to do interior pipe 1200 reversibly slided in this outer tube 1220.The end of pipe 1200 can operationally be attached on the surface of this storage material module lid 340, if need in specific embodiment in being somebody's turn to do.Figure 12 has showed also that stabilizer unit 570B comprises in an outer tube 1210 and one and has managed 1230.The outer surface of pipe 1230 is oriented to reversibly mate the internal surface of this outer tube 1210 in being somebody's turn to do.Should interiorly manage 1230 and be oriented to slide with respect to this outer tube 1210 with flexible form, made like this that being somebody's turn to do interior pipe 1230 reversibly slided in this outer tube 1210.The end of this outer tube 1210 can operationally be attached on the surface of this storage material module lid 340, if need in specific embodiment.These stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can also comprise a keeping unit separately, and this keeping unit is by on the pipe 1200,1230 in operationally being attached to and be positioned in the hole in the corresponding outer tube 1220,1210 and slide.These keeping units further see Figure 24 and Figure 25 for details.

Figure 13 has described the many aspects of a storage material module lid 340.This storage material module lid 340 comprises join domain 370.This join domain 370 has a surface that is configured for the surface (for example base of a central stabilizer 350 attachment area 560) of reversibly mating a central stabilizer 350.This storage material module lid 340 is configured to reversibly be attached on the central stabilizer unit 350.Be configured to remain to place the hole 220(of fringe region of a memory structure 200 for example referring to Fig. 2) in storage material module 320 can comprise the different embodiments of a storage material module lid 340 that is suitable for its configuration.Be configured to remain to place the hole 220(of fringe region of a memory structure 200 for example referring to Fig. 2) in storage material module 320 can also comprise the storage material module lid 340 that Figure 13 shows, in order to provide interchangeability and flexibility for the configuration of these storage material modules 320 in the memory structure 200.The join domain 370 that Figure 13 shows comprises a surface (comprising the base 1350 of this join domain and the wheel rim 1340 of a join domain) that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating central stabilizer 350.The base 1350 of this join domain of showing as Figure 13 and the wheel rim 1340 of a join domain have formed a horn-like structure, and this horn-like structure is configured to slide along the corresponding surface of a central stabilizer 350.The join domain 370 that Figure 13 shows also comprises a depression 1330.Describe as Figure 13, depression 1330 can have certain size and shape in order to hold a circuit connector 1310, for example USB (USB) connector.A circuit connector 1310 can also comprise for example electrical cnnector of the other types of a cable connector, a quick break part, a keying connector, a plug and socket connector or suitable specific embodiment.As shown in figure 13, depression 1330 can have certain size and shape in order to expose a axle 1320 in this storage material module lid 340.

The lower area of this storage material module lid 340 is configured for the upper side of the storage module unit 330 at top in the reversibly attached storage material module 320.For example, this storage material module lid 340 can comprise a hole 1360, and this hole has a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating a tab construction 900 on the storage material unit 330.For example, a storage material module lid 340 can comprise one or more holes 1300, and these holes are configured for a fastening piece that is retained between this storage material module 340 and the adjacent storage material unit 330.A storage material module lid 340 can also comprise a surface area 1370, this surface area be configured to provide with a storage material unit 330 in the minimum overlay in space 910.Be configured to provide with a storage material unit 330 in the surface area 1370 of minimum overlay in space 910 can be configured for user with this system and touch storage material in this storage material unit 330 and available space maximization, for example by shifting out storage material with pointing.In certain embodiments, the user of this system can use a device, for example bar, anchor clamps, tweezers, clip, pliers or similar device.

Figure 14 has showed the many aspects of a storage material module lid 340 of being showed as Figure 13 with angled cross section.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a join domain 370 with base area 1350 and rim area 1340.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a lower area, and this lower area is configured to reversibly be attached on the upper side of the top storage material cell 330 in the storage material module 320.This lower area comprises one 1300, and this hole is configured for a fastening piece that is clamped between this storage material module lid 340 and the adjacent storage material unit 330.This lower area comprises a surface area 1370, this surface area be configured to provide with a storage material unit 330 in the minimum overlay in space 910.As shown in figure 14, this storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1330.This hole 1330 has enough sizes in order to provide the space for circuit connector 1310.The corresponding region of this circuit connector 1310 and this storage material module lid 340 can comprise a plurality of holes, and these holes are configured for a fastening piece 1430 is attached to this circuit connector 1310 on this storage material module lid 340.The circuit connector 1310 that Figure 14 shows is a USB (USB) type connectors, but the circuit connector of other types can be used among the different embodiments, and is needed according to an embodiment's physical circuit.This circuit connector 1310 comprises a hole 1400, and this hole is oriented to reversibly mate a corresponding circuits connector on the central stabilizer 350.

The storage material module lid 340 that Figure 14 describes comprises a plurality of internal structures, these internal structures are configured to contact with the surface of this storage material module lid 340 in response to the surface of a central stabilizer 350, and the power transmission is striden across this storage material module lid 340.As will in accompanying drawing subsequently, further illustrating, this power transmission of being undertaken by a plurality of mechanical parts causes one or more stabilizer unit (for example 570A, 570B are not shown in Figure 14) to be clamped in the fixed position with respect to this storage material module lid 340.As shown in figure 14, this storage material module lid 340 comprises a depression 1330, and this depression can have certain size and shape in order to expose a axle 1320 among the endoporus that is encapsulated in this storage material module lid 340.These 1320 a plurality of side regions that comprise the width that for this diameter, has variation.This axle comprises a plurality of side regions, and these side regions have the diameter of variation for this length axes or show as Figure 13 and Figure 14 with this join domain 370() the diameter of top surface almost parallel.This is 1320 along this axis of 1320, have an equilibrium position about this power from the pressure of attached spring 1450.This 1320 is configured to the pressure that produces in response to being contacted with the surface of this storage material module lid 340 (comprising this end of 1320) by the surface of central stabilizer 350, and along this axis transmit force of 1320.Central authorities stabilizer 350 and the surface of this storage material module lid 340 contact in this tail end of 1320 and cause movement in this 1320 hole that is being associated, thus a side regions that causes having different and bigger diameter be placed in one be attached to bar 1410 on the swivel plate 1420 near.This this different and larger-diameter zone of 1320 causes this swivel plate 1420 to move.As shown in figure 14, the inside of this storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1440, and this hole is enough to allow this swivel plate 1420 motions.The following drawings has been showed the other aspect of a plurality of internal structures, and these internal structures are configured to surface in response to a central stabilizer 350 and contact with the surface of this storage material module lid 340 and the power transmission is striden across this storage material module lid 340.

Figure 15 with the total cross-section view shows as the other many aspects of the storage material module 340 that Figure 14 was showed.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a join domain 370 with base area 1350 and rim area 1340.As shown in figure 15, this base area 1350 and rim area 1340 have formed a flanged zone in order to reversibly mate the respective surfaces of a central stabilizer 350.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a lower area, and this lower area is configured to the upper side of the top storage modular unit 330 in the reversibly attached storage material module 320.This lower area comprises one 1300, and this hole is configured for a fastening piece that is clamped between this storage material module lid 340 and the adjacent storage material unit 330.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1330.This hole 1330 has enough sizes in order to provide the space for circuit connector 1310.The corresponding region of this circuit connector 1310 and this storage material module lid 340 can comprise a plurality of holes, and these holes are configured for a fastening piece 1430 is attached to this circuit connector 1310 on this storage material module lid 340.This circuit connector 1310 comprises a hole 1400, and this hole is oriented to reversibly mate a corresponding circuits connector on the central stabilizer 350.

This storage material module lid 340 comprises a plurality of internal structures, and these internal structures are configured to contact with the surface of this storage material module lid 340 in response to the surface of a central stabilizer 350, and the power transmission is striden across this storage material module lid 340.This storage material module lid 340 comprises that one has the internal holes of certain size and shape in order to comprise an axle 1320 that is encapsulated in this storage material module lid 340.In the configuration of showing, this 1320 end reaches on the lower edge in this hole 1330.The central stabilizer 350 that reversibly is attached on this storage material module lid 340 will be exerted pressure to these axle 1320 ends, thereby force this view with respect to Figure 15 downward.The central stabilizer 350 that reversibly is attached on this storage material module lid 340 will be exerted pressure to these axle 1320 ends, thereby be pressed against a spring 1450 that is positioned at this base position of 1320.This 1320 comprises a plurality of side regions with width of variation for this diameter of 1320.For example, this 1320 comprises a zone 1510 with relatively little width.This 1320 has about an equilibrium position from this power of the pressure of attached spring 1450 along this axis of 1320.At place, this equilibrium position, this has the terminal adjacent of the adjacent bar 1410 of the zone 1510 of little width and.When this 1320 is forced to downwards or when downward along its axis owing to this end of 1320 contacts with the surface of this central authorities' stabilizer 350, this side regions of closing on this bar 1410 of axle 1320 has and the zone 1510 of this little width different and bigger diameter Comparatively speaking.Pressure on this bar 1410 causes this swivel plate 1420 motions.The inside of this storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1440, and this hole is enough to allow this swivel plate 1420 motions.

Figure 16 shows the internal structure (for example showing in Zhi Qian the accompanying drawing) of a storage material module lid 340 with attached stabilizer unit 570A, 570B.The internal structure of this storage material module lid 340 is configured to surface in response to a central stabilizer 350 and contacts with the surface of this storage material module lid 340 and the power transmission is striden across this storage material module lid 340.In the view shown in Figure 16, a storage material module lid 340, the view that this view is showed perpendicular to Figure 15 have in fact been showed to overlook cross sectional view.

Figure 16 shows a storage material module lid 340 that comprises hole 1360, and these holes have a plurality of edges that are configured for these surfaces of reversibly mating the corresponding contact pin 900 on the adjacent storage material unit 330.In the embodiment that Figure 16 shows, the center region of attached stabilizer unit 570A comprises circuit 1110.The embodiment that the embodiment that Figure 16 shows describes corresponding to Figure 11, but this view is spent with respect to having rotated 180 among Figure 11 in Figure 16.This zone adjacent with attached stabilizer unit 570A storage material module lid 340 can comprise a slit 1610, and this slit is configured for to the additional circuit on the circuit 1110 in the center region that is connected to this attached stabilizer unit 570A or lead (Figure 16 is not shown) space is provided.The center region of the stabilizer unit 570B that this is attached comprises a keeping unit 1100.This keeping unit 1100 is configured for opposite with the power of transmitting by the movement of this swivel plate 1420, and power is transferred to being attached on the end on this swivel plate 1420 of a bar 1600.In response to the movement (referring to Figure 14 and Figure 15) of axle 1320 on a direction that is substantially perpendicular to these swivel plate 1420 planes, power transfers on this adjacent stems 1410 and correspondingly transfers on this swivel plate 1420 from this axle 1320.The transmission of this power has caused the motion of this swivel plate 1420, shows as the double-head arrow of Figure 16.The movement of this swivel plate 1420 is subjected to the restriction of an attached rotation latch 1620, and this rotation latch is configured for and limits this swivel plate 1420 along the movement on its plane, shows as the double-head arrow of Figure 16.The edge that the movement of this swivel plate 1420 also is subjected to this hole 1440 limits.In response to the movement of this swivel plate 1420, the end of this bar 1600 is moved with respect to this stabilizer unit 570B and keeping unit 1100.This has caused the location of this stabilizer unit 570B with respect to this storage material module lid 340, shows as Figure 17 is other.

Figure 17 described to be attached to storage material unit 330 and the stabilizer unit 570B that is associated on an embodiment of a storage material module lid 340.Space 910 in the side of this storage material unit 330 is visible in the embodiment that Figure 17 shows.This storage material module lid 340 comprises being configured for reversibly to mate among a central stabilizer unit 350(Figure 17 not to be described) a base area 1350 and a rim area 1340 on surface.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a hole 1330 and a circuit connector 1310 in this hole 1330.Another hole 1440 is positioned at the inside of this storage material module lid 340.This internal holes 1440 has certain size and shape in order to hold this swivel plate 1420.The movement of this swivel plate 1420 is subjected to the restriction of an attached rotation latch 1620, and this rotation latch is configured to allow this swivel plate 1420 a substantially horizontal direction movement for Figure 17.The edge that the movement of this swivel plate 1420 also is subjected to hole 1440 associated therewith limits.This swivel plate 1420 has an attached bar 1600.

In response to the movement of this swivel plate 1420, bar point 1710 moves through the hole 1700 that forms in the outer bar 1210 of this stabilizer unit 570B and interior bar 1230.Should outer bar 1210 and should in bar 1230 the two comprise the hole with similar size and shape, these bars are oriented to when these bars 1210,1230 are in the specific relative position formation hole 1700 in this stabilizer unit 570B.In the embodiment who shows, when this stabilizer unit 570B is in its during short position (, when these bars 1210,1230 have maximum contact surface when long-pending), these bars 1210,1230 form hole 1700 in this stabilizer unit 570B.The position of this bar point 1710 in this hole 1700 is subjected to limiting from the pressure on the surface of this keeping unit 1100.In the configuration that Figure 17 shows, this stabilizer unit 570B is in respect in this storage material module lid 340 restricted positions.In the position that Figure 17 shows, the position of this bar point 1710 in this hole 1700 prevented bar outside this 1210 and should in the relatively moving of bar 1230.The position of this bar point 1710 in this hole 1700 prevented the telescopic stretching, extension of this stabilizer unit 570B.

As it is contemplated that from the combination of above accompanying drawing and related text, the embodiment who shows is following the operation.The physical pressure of central authorities' stabilizer 350 will be positioned in the end of an axle 1320 in this storage material module lid 340 and depress.This 1320 comprises diameter with variation or a plurality of zones of width, and these zones are to providing the power of intensity of variation on the bar 1410, and this bar is attached on the swivel plate 1420 of the endoporus 1440 that is arranged in this storage material module lid 340.This swivel plate is attached second bar 1600, and the bar point 1710 of this second bar 1600 is oriented to reversibly to mate in the hole 1700 that the outer bar 1210 of a stabilizer unit 570B and interior bar 1230 form among both.A keeping unit 1100 that is positioned at this bar 1230 prevents that this bar point 1710 from substantially entering the inside of this bar 1230.By relatively moving of the internal surface that hinders this outer bar 1210 and the outer surface that is somebody's turn to do interior bar 1230, the position of this bar point 1710 in this hole 1700 prevented the stretching, extension of this stabilizer unit 570B.As it is also conceivable that from accompanying drawing and related text shifting out this central authorities' stabilizer 350 from an adjacent storage material module lid 340 has allowed operationally to be attached to this this spring 1450 on 1320 and extend this surface of 1320 in the surface of this storage material module lid 340.This zone with a relatively little width 1510 of having caused axle 1320 contacts with the surface of a bar 1410 on being attached to a swivel plate 1420.So moving, this swivel plate 1420 make the bar point 1710 of the second attached bar 1600 no longer be in the hole 1700 among this stabilizer unit 570B.Be not arranged at the bar point 1710 of the second attached bar 1600 under the situation in hole 1700 of this stabilizer unit 570B, outer tube 1210 and the interior bar 1230 of this stabilizer unit 570B can relative to each other slide, thereby create a telescopic stabilizer unit 570B.This mechanism causes this stabilizer unit 570B to be clamped in the fixed position with respect to this storage material module lid 340.Though those skilled in the art it is contemplated that other embodiments, but when this equipment was configured for storage material, the function of mechanism described here played a role and keeps a stabilizer unit with respect to position and the relative length of a storage material module lid.

Equally as shown in figure 17, one or more stabilizer unit 570A, 570B can comprise a plurality of inner keeping units 1720, and these inner keeping units are being set up restriction aspect the relative position of the outer bar 1210 of stabilizer unit 570A, a 570B and interior bar 1230.As shown in figure 17, the interior bar 1230 of stabilizer unit 570B comprises a keeping unit 1720 on the internal surface that is attached to bar 1230 in this.This keeping unit 1720 comprises an extension 1750, this extension be configured for be engaged in this outer bar 1210 and should in the bar 1230 slot-shaped hole (invisible among Figure 17) among both.Outside this bar 1210 and should in the length in the bar 1230 slot-shaped hole among both set up at this extension 1750 and be positioned at the tail end in this slot-shaped hole and before preventing these bars 1210,1230 further relatively move, the minimum and maximum distance that this interior bar can move with respect to this outer bar.In the following drawings, especially showed the other aspect of inner keeping unit 1720 among Figure 21-25.

Figure 18 has showed the many aspects of a central stabilizer unit 350.A central stabilizer unit 350 comprises a base area 560, and this base area has a surface, and this surface is configured for reversibly to mate among a storage material module lid 340(Figure 18 and does not describe) corresponding surface.This base area 560 comprises one or more flanges 1850, and these flanges are configured for the corresponding surface of reversibly mating a storage material module lid 340 and should central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 relative to each other be clamped in the settling position with this storage material module lid 340.As showing at this, these one or more flanges 1850 are configured for wheel rim 1340 and the base 1350 that reversibly mates an attachment area 370 in the storage material module lid 340.This base area 560 comprises a hole 1830, and this hole is configured for and holds an attachment area 370 in the storage material module lid 340.This base area 560 can comprise one type circuit connector 1840 in order to mate corresponding circuits connector 1310 in the attachment area 370 of a storage material module lid 340.For example, as shown herein, circuit connector 1840 is USB connectors, yet, can adopt the connector of other types, this depends on embodiment.The position of this circuit connector 1840 in hole 1830 is attached on this base area 560, in order to reversibly mate the corresponding circuits connector 1310 in the attachment area 370 of a storage material module lid 340.Not shown among this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 and this storage material module lid 340(Figure 18) stable location these corresponding circuit connectors 1310,1840 are matched.

Equally as shown in figure 18, this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 comprises an outer wall 1810.This outer wall 1810 can be made by a kind of material with durability enough for this embodiment and intensity.The material that is used for making this outer wall 1810 also should have low thermal conductivity.For example, the plastics crossed of the rigidity plastics of some types or glass-impregnated are the suitable materials for the outer wall 1810 of central stabilizer unit 350.The outer surface size of central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 has certain size and shape in order to be engaged in the connector 115.Should have certain size and shape in order in use fill the inner space of a passage 125 in the thermosealed in fact container 100 in fact as central stabilizer unit 350 described here.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 comprises an inner region 1800, limits as the internal surface by the outer wall 1810 of this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350.This inner region 1800 can be filled in fact with the material (low density plastics's foam) of a kind of low density, low heat conductivity.Though do not show among Figure 18 that a plurality of circuit connectors and/or circuit can be positioned at this inner region 1800 in certain embodiments.For example, in this inner region 1800, can there be one or more wire connectors, be used for striding across this central authorities' stabilizer 350 and connect a plurality of circuit units.For example, lead can be arranged in this inner region 1800 in case will connect on the outside that connector 1840 is connected to this container 100 or lid 500(referring to Fig. 5-8) on a display unit on (for example 520 of Fig. 5).This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 can comprise an internal stability device 1820.An internal stability device 1820 may comprise in certain embodiments, in order to further strengthen and stablize the structure of this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350.In the embodiment that Figure 18 shows, this internal stability device 1820 is hollow tubulars of being made by the material with proper stiffness and low heat conductivity (for example rigid plastic material).Though be not presented among Figure 18, this internal stability device 1820 can also be attached to lid 500(referring to Fig. 5-8) on.

As shown in figure 18, this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 also is included in a hole 550 in this outer wall 1810.This hole 550 can comprise a fastening piece release handle 1860, and this handle is configured for the fastening piece of control in this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350.This fastening piece can be configured for the reversible attached effect of stablizing this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 and a storage material module lid 340.

Figure 19 has showed the external view of a central stabilizer unit 350.The view that Figure 19 presents is similar to the view that Figure 18 presents, and only is to be in different angles in order to present the many aspects of the feature of this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350.Show as Figure 19, described the outside of a central stabilizer unit 350 with horizontal view.Shown central stabilizer unit 350 comprises an outer wall 1810.The internal surface of this outer wall 1810 defines an inner region 1800 in fact.An internal stability device 1820 is positioned at this inner region 1800.As shown in the figure, the end of this internal stability device 1820 is positioned in the top, edge of this outer wall 1810.This location may be favourable, for example in order to a lid 500(referring to Fig. 5-8) be attached on this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350.Figure 19 has also showed a hole 550 in outer wall 1810 and a fastening piece release handle 1860 that is positioned at this hole 550.

The lower end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 or be configured to have end among the passage that is inserted into a heat-staple in fact container 100 comprises a base area 560.This base area 560 is equipped with the surface with a certain size and shape in order to reversibly mate corresponding surface (not shown among Figure 19) on the storage material module lid 340.This base area 560 comprises one or more flanges 1850, and these flanges are configured for the corresponding surface of reversibly mating a storage material module lid 340 and should central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 relative to each other be clamped in the settling position with this storage material module lid 340.This base area 560 comprises a hole 1830, and this hole is configured for a join domain 370 that holds a storage material module lid 340.This base area also comprises a circuit connector 1840.

Figure 20 showed as Figure 18 and Figure 19 retouch can a cross sectional view of a central stabilizer unit 350.This central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 comprises an outer wall 1810 and an inner region 1800.An internal stability device 1820 is positioned at this inner region 1800.One end of this internal stability device 1820 is attached on the base area 560 of this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 and the other end stretches out outside the edge of this outer wall 1810.This internal stability device 1920 can be hollow and comprise and be configured for an inner region 2000 that holds circuit and circuit connector (for example lead).This base area 560 can also comprise at least one hole 2010, and this hole is configured for and holds circuit and circuit connector (for example lead).The lower area of this base area 560 comprises a flange 1850, and this flange has a surface, and this surface is configured for that reversibly to mate a storage material module lid 340(not shown) corresponding surface.A hole 1830 in the bottom of this base area 560 is configured for that to hold a storage material unit cover 340(not shown).Circuit connector 1840 is oriented to reversibly mate the circuit connector (for example 1310, not shown in Figure 20) of a correspondence on the storage material unit cover 340.

Figure 20 has showed a central stabilizer unit 350, and this central authorities' stabilizer unit can be included in a hole 550 in this outer wall 1810.This hole 550 allows the user to touch a fastening piece release handle 1860 that is positioned at this hole 550.For example, the user can insert one or more fingers in this hole 550 in order to operate this fastening piece release handle 1860.This fastening piece release handle is connected on the fastening piece 2020.This fastening piece 2020 is configured at an adjacent storage material unit cover 340(not shown) the surface on tension force reversibly is provided, for example on the surface of join domain 370 and/or on the end of axle 1320.As shown in figure 20, a fastening piece 2020 is adjacent with a fastening piece stabilizer 2040.This fastening piece stabilizer 2040 is attached on the internal surface of this outer wall 1810.Be positioned in a spring 2030 between the adjacently situated surfaces of this fastening piece 2020 and fastening piece stabilizer 2040 power on the direction of the adjacently situated surfaces that is deviating from this fastening piece stabilizer 2040 is provided at this fastener surface.In view shown in Figure 20, the power that is provided by this spring 2030 is at one basically in the vertical or downward position.Thus, this fastening piece 2020 is moved and does not show with an adjacent storage material unit cover 340() the surface contact.This fastening piece 2020 can be configured for to be pressed an axle 1320 and be used for to keep a stabilizer unit 570 not describe with respect to storage material module lid 340(Figure 20 thus) position and relative length.This fastening piece 2020 can be configured for the relative position that provides tension force on the surface of an adjacent storage material unit cover 340 and stablize this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 storage material unit cover 340 adjacent with this thus.The user of this equipment can (for example exert pressure in this fastening piece release handle 1860, with finger) in order to reverse this fastening piece 2020 with respect to the movement on these adjacent storage material unit cover 340 surfaces, be connected thereby discharge the tension force that is associated and this fastening piece 2020 storage material unit cover adjacent with this 340 surfaces are removed.In certain embodiments, this fastening piece 2020 storage material unit cover adjacent with this 340 surface is removed is connected also will discharge this central authorities' stabilizer unit 350 and this adjacent storage material unit cover 340 before by stable relative position (referring to above accompanying drawing and literal).

Figure 21 has showed the many aspects of a storage material module 320 that is associated with a storage material module lid 340.Equipment after the assembling shown in Figure 21 described this storage material module 320 and base 420 thereof with respect to the relative positioning of an attached storage material module lid 340 with related.This storage material module lid 340 is comprising a hole 1330 away from a surface that is attached to this surface on this storage material module lid 340.This hole 1330 comprises a circuit connector 1310.This assembly also comprises the stabilizer unit 570A that both are associated with this storage material module lid 340 and this storage material module 320.

Figure 22 has described an inner section view of the equipment of Figure 21.Figure 22 has showed the many aspects of a storage material module 320 that is associated with a storage material module lid 340 and two stabilizer unit 570A, 570B.This storage material module 320 comprises a base 420.This storage material module 320 comprises a plurality of storage materials unit 330A-330I that is oriented to a vertical array.Though these a plurality of storage materials unit 330A-330I that Figure 22 describes has similar in fact height for the vertical array of this storage material module 320, some embodiments can comprise a plurality of storage materials unit that has different heights but have similar in fact width or diameter.This equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, this lid in the upper edge of storage material unit 330A by the top of attached this storage material module 320.This storage material module lid 340 is attached to the top of top edge of the sidewall of this storage material unit 330A at place, the top of this row storage material unit 330A-330I.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a circuit connector 1310.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a swivel plate 1420 and an attached bar 1600.As shown in figure 22, this bar 1600 contacts with a keeping unit 1100 and is in a kind of configuration in order to prevent the outer bar of this stabilizer unit 570B and relatively moving of interior bar.Be positioned at the keeping unit 1720 of bar of this stabilizer unit 570B and the setting position that the extension 1750 that is associated is fixed on this bar thereof.The stabilizer unit 570A that is positioned in the opposite sides of this equipment comprises a keeping unit 2210, and this keeping unit has an extension (invisible) of a position in the interior bar that is attached at this stabilizer unit 570A.The extension (invisible) that is attached in the stabilizer unit 570A provides minimum and maximum limit value for relatively moving of these pipes in this stabilizer unit 570A, as describing in the accompanying drawing subsequently.

Be positioned at equally this stabilizer unit 570A bar be a series of sensors 2200 that are fixed on the internal surface of this bar.In certain embodiments, sensor can be attached on one or more stabilizer unit (for example 570A and 570B), is included on the stabilizer unit internal surface.In certain embodiments, sensor can be attached on other zones of this container.These sensors 2200 can be according to desirable a placement of certain embodiments.For example, when this equipment was used for an in fact thermosealed container 100, these sensors 2200 that Figure 22 describes were oriented to roughly be in top, center and the bottom section place of a storage area 130 in this container 100.In certain embodiments, these one or more sensors comprise at least one temperature transducer.In certain embodiments, at least one sensor can comprise temperature transducer, for example as chemical sensor, thermometer, bimetal strip or thermocouple.In certain embodiments, these one or more sensors be included in the sensor of the sensor of at least one sensor of the air pressure within one or more in this at least one storage area, the quality within one or more in this at least one storage area, the reservoir volume within one or more in this at least one storage area, the temperature within one or more in this at least one storage area sensor or one or more in this at least one storage area within the sensor of object identity.

Thermosealed in fact container 100 and associated device can comprise a sensor network.Being attached to the part that one or more sensors on a storage material module, storage material module lid and/or the stabilizer unit can be used as this network works.Figure 22 has described to connect hardwired link 2220, for example a wire link of these sensors 2200.This hardwired link 2220 can also be connected on the circuit connector 1310.Can be transferred to the outside of this container 100 by this hardwired link 2220 from the data of these sensors 2200, for example be transferred on the display device 520 that is attached on the lid 500.Operationally be attached to a sensor network on this at least one thermosealed in fact container and can comprise one or more sensors as the physical sensors parts, such as the U. S. Patent 6 that is called " physical sensors parts [Physical sensor component] " in the name of authorizing people such as Petroovic, 453, described in 749, this patent is combined in this by reference.Operationally be attached to a sensor network on this at least one thermosealed in fact container and can comprise one or more sensors as pressure transducer, as being called " pressure transducer [Pressure sensor] " U. S. Patent 5 in the name of authorizing people such as Baba, 900, described in 554, this patent is combined in this by reference.Operationally be attached to a sensor network on this at least one thermosealed in fact container and can comprise one or more sensors as the sensor construction of vertical integration, such as the U. S. Patent 5 that is called " vertically sensor construction and the method for integrating [Vertically integrated sensor structure and method] " in the name of authorizing people such as Sooriakumar, 600, described in 071, this patent is combined in this by reference.Operationally be attached to a sensor network on this at least one thermosealed in fact container and can comprise one or more sensors such as the system that is used for determining liquid in the container or Fluid Volume, as the name of authorizing people such as Kuehl is called the U. S. Patent 5 of " System and method for [System and method for measuring liquid mass quantity] that is used for measuring liquid quality ", 138,559; The name of authorizing Upton is called the U. S. Patent 6 of " fluid mass in the monitoring closed container and the apparatus and method of density and the vehicle-mounted gas-bag system [Apparatus for and method of monitoring the mass quantity and density of a fluid in a closed container; and a vehicular air bag system incorporating such apparatus] that combines this device ", 050,598; And the name of authorizing people such as Clarke is called the U. S. Patent 5 of " the highi degree of accuracy mass sensor [High accuracy mass sensor for monitoring fluid quantity in storage tanks] that is used for the Fluid Volume in the monitoring storage tank ", 245, described in 869, these patents are combined in this separately by reference.Operationally be attached to a sensor network on this at least one thermosealed in fact container and can comprise one or more radio frequency identification (" RFID ") label sensor in order to be identified in material in this at least one thermosealed in fact storage area.The RFID label is known in related domain, as be called the U. S. Patent 5 of " RFID tag and method [Radio frequency identification tag and method] " in the name of authorizing Blama, 444,223 " in, this patent is combined in this by reference.

Figure 23 has described to be similar to equipment illustrated in fig. 22 and view.Figure 23 showed when this equipment is in the outer bar that allows this stabilizer unit 570A and 570B and a kind of configuration that interior bar relatively moves, the many aspects of a storage material module 320 that is associated with a storage material module lid 340 and two stabilizer unit 570A and 570B.This storage material module 320 comprises a base 420.This storage material module 320 comprises a plurality of storage materials unit 330A-330I that is oriented to a vertical array.In the configuration that Figure 23 shows, the outer bar of stabilizer unit 570A and 570B and interior bar are in a kind of " release " configuration or are allowed to relative to each other slide.This has allowed these the independent storage material unit 330A-330I in this storage material module 320 vertically mobile or move along the axis of this stabilizer unit 570A and 570B.Use the individuality of this equipment can move one or more independent storage material unit 330A-330I in order to touch the material that is stored in these independent storage material unit 330A-330I.For example, as shown in figure 23, storage material unit 330A and 330B have been positioned in the top of these stabilizer unit 570A and 570B, have a space between the upper side of the bottom surfaces of storage material unit 330B and adjacent storage material unit 330C.This space will allow the user of this system to touch and be stored in the interior material of this storage element 330C.This equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, and this covers the top that is attached to this storage material module 320 in the upper edge of this storage material unit 330A.This storage material module lid 340 is attached to the top of top edge of the sidewall of this storage material unit 330A at place, the top of this row storage material unit 330A-330I.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a circuit connector 1310.This storage material module lid 340 comprises a swivel plate 1420 and an attached bar 1600.As shown in figure 23, this bar 1600 does not contact with a keeping unit 1100 and is in the configuration that relatively moves of a kind of outer bar that allows this stabilizer unit 570B and interior bar.Be positioned at the keeping unit 1720 of bar of this stabilizer unit 570B and the setting position that the extension 1750 that is associated is fixed on this bar thereof.The stabilizer unit 570A that is positioned in the opposite sides of this equipment comprises a keeping unit 2210, and this keeping unit has the extension (invisible) of a position in the interior bar that is attached at this stabilizer unit 570A.This extension (invisible) that is attached in the stabilizer unit 570A provides minimum and maximum limit value for relatively moving of these pipes in this stabilizer unit 570A, as describing in the accompanying drawing subsequently.Being positioned at these sensors 2200 of stabilizer unit 570A and this hardwired link 2220 is positioned in respect to the internal surface of the pipe of stabilizer unit 570A and the fixed position of this keeping unit 2210 speech and locates.

Figure 24 has showed the external side view as an equipment of describing among Figure 21-23.This equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, a storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 570B.In the configuration that Figure 24 describes, this storage material module 320 is in a kind of " closing " position, wherein has minimum space between these storage material unit 330A-330I.This storage material module 320 also comprises a base 420.This equipment comprises that wherein the axis of this stabilizer unit 570B is parallel with the axis of this storage material module 320 basically along a stabilizer unit 570B of the location, side of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 570B comprises in an outer tube 1210 and one and manages 1230, and these pipes are formed and are positioned to and slide in a kind of relative to each other flexible mode.This outer tube 1210 comprises along a slot-shaped hole 2400 of the outer peripheral length location of this outer tube 1210.Should in pipe 1230 comprise an extension 1750, this extension has a certain size and shape in order to be engaged in this hole 2400.This extension 1750 for example is attached among Figure 24 a keeping unit 1720( not describing, referring to Figure 17) on.This keeping unit 1720 is attached at a place, fixed position for pipe 1230 in this.This outer tube 1210 that is configured as of hole 2400 and extension 1750 has been created a minimum and ultimate range with respect to the relative slip location of pipe 1230 in this.

Figure 25 has showed the external side view as an equipment of describing among Figure 21-24.This equipment comprises a storage material module lid 340, a storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 570A.In the configuration that Figure 25 describes, this storage material module 320 is in a kind of " closing " position, wherein has minimum space between these storage material unit 330A-330I.This storage material module 320 also comprises a base 420.This equipment comprises that wherein the axis of this stabilizer unit 570A is parallel with the axis of this storage material module 320 basically along a stabilizer unit 570A of the location, side of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 570A comprises in an outer tube 1220 and one and manages 1200, and these pipes are formed and are positioned to and slide in a kind of relative to each other flexible mode.This outer tube 1220 comprises along a slot-shaped hole 2500 of the outer peripheral length location of this outer tube 1220.Should in pipe 1200 comprise an extension 2510, this extension has a certain size and shape in order to be engaged in this hole 2500.This extension 2510 for example is attached among Figure 25 a keeping unit 2210( not describing, referring to Figure 22) on.This keeping unit 2210 is attached at a place, fixed position for pipe 1200 in this.This outer tube 1220 that is configured as of hole 2500 and extension 2510 has been created a minimum and ultimate range with respect to the relative slip location of pipe 1200 in this.

Figure 26 has described an embodiment of equipment.Figure 26 illustrates a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises a central stabilizer 350, a storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 2600.In this configuration, this equipment is in the position of a kind of " closing " or " locking ", has the minimum open space around its storage material in this storage material module.This storage material module 320 comprises a lid 340 that is attached on this central authorities' stabilizer 350.This storage material module 320 comprises a base storage material unit 2620, and this base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached on the base 420 of this storage material module 320.This central authorities' stabilizer 350 comprises a lid 2620, and this covers at lid this central authorities' stabilizer 350 and this storage material module 320 340 relative side places and is attached on this central authorities' stabilizer 350.This stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to have the external frame of an internal surface, and this internal surface is configured for the outer surface of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 of coupling.This stabilizer unit is attached on the lid 340 of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 2600 comprises an external frame, and this external frame has certain size and shape so that in fact around this storage material module 320, the internal surface of this external frame meets the outer surface of this storage material module 320 basically.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in a plurality of holes 2610 in this external frame, these holes 2610 be along the axis of this storage material module 320 or basically vertically (as shown in figure 26) form.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in a surface towards this storage material module 320, from one or more extensions on the surface of this external frame, these extensions are corresponding to one or more edge surfaces in the hole 2630 in a base storage material unit 2620.Towards a surface of this storage material module 320, be engaged in this hole 2630 from these extensions on the surface of this external frame, in order to limit these storage material unit 330 relatively moving with respect to this external frame in this storage material module 320.In the embodiment shown in Figure 26, these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 can be with respect to by the formed axis of the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600 or as the slip vertically basically showed in the accompanying drawing.This storage material module 320 is limited in this basically on the vertical direction, as being limited by this hole 2630 with respect to relatively moving of the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600.

Figure 27 has described an embodiment of the equipment that goes out as shown in figure 26.Figure 27 shows a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises a central stabilizer 350, a storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 2600.In this configuration, this equipment is in the position of a kind of " closing " or " locking ", has minimum touching for the storage material in this storage material module.This position may be suitable for long term storage.This storage material module 320 comprises a lid 340 that is attached on this central authorities' stabilizer 350.This storage material module 320 comprises a base storage material unit 2620, and this base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630.This central authorities' stabilizer 350 comprises a lid 2620, and this covers at lid this central authorities' stabilizer 350 and this storage material module 320 340 opposite side places and is attached on this central authorities' stabilizer 350.This stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to have the external frame of an internal surface, and this internal surface is configured for the outer surface of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 of coupling.This stabilizer unit is attached on the lid 340 of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 2600 comprises an external frame, and this external frame has certain size and shape so that in fact around this storage material module 320, the internal surface of this external frame meets the outer surface of this storage material module 320 basically.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in a plurality of holes 2610 in this external frame.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in a surface towards this storage material module 320, from one or more extensions on the surface of this external frame, these extensions are corresponding to one or more edge surfaces in the hole 2630 in a base storage material unit 2620.Towards a surface of this storage material module 320, be engaged in this hole 2630 from these extensions on the surface of this external frame, in order to limit these storage material unit 330 relatively moving with respect to this external frame in this storage material module 320.In the embodiment shown in Figure 26 and 27, these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 can be with respect to by the formed axis of the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600 or as the slip vertically basically showed in the accompanying drawing.This storage material module 320 is limited with respect to the relatively moving of external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600, is limited as the position by this hole 2630.

Figure 28 has described an embodiment of the equipment showed as Figure 26 and 27.The view of Figure 28 is similar to view illustrated in fig. 26.In configuration shown in Figure 28, this equipment is in a kind of " opening " position that allows to touch the material that is stored in this storage material module 320.Figure 28 shows a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises a central stabilizer 350, a storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 2600.This storage material module 320 comprises a lid 340 that is attached on this central authorities' stabilizer 350.This storage material module 320 comprises a base storage material unit 2620, and this base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached on the base 420 of this storage material module 320.This central authorities' stabilizer 350 comprises a lid 2620, and this covers at lid this central authorities' stabilizer 350 and this storage material module 320 340 opposite side places and is attached on this central authorities' stabilizer 350.This stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to have the external frame of an internal surface, and this internal surface is configured for the outer surface of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 of coupling.This stabilizer unit is attached on the lid 340 of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 2600 comprises an external frame, and this external frame has certain size and shape so that in fact around this storage material module 320, the internal surface of this external frame meets the outer surface of this storage material module 320 basically.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in a plurality of holes 2610 in this external frame.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in a surface towards this storage material module 320, from one or more extensions on the surface of this external frame, these extensions are corresponding to one or more edge surfaces in the hole 2630 in a base storage material unit 2620.Towards the surface of this storage material module 320, be engaged in this hole 2630 from one or more extensions on the surface of this external frame, in order to limit these storage material unit 330 relatively moving with respect to this external frame in this storage material module 320.In the embodiment shown in Figure 28, the axis or the slip vertically basically as showing in the accompanying drawing that have formed with respect to the external frame by this stabilizer unit 2600 of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320.This storage material module 320 is limited with respect to the relatively moving of external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600, is limited as direction and position by this hole 2630.In Figure 28, the relatively moving of this storage material module 320 is enough to form one and enters zone 2800.This enters zone 2800 will allow the user of this equipment to touch to be stored in material in these interior storage material unit of this storage material module 320.Though only show with this and enter the top storage material cell 330 of zone 2800 adjacent these, each in these storage material unit in this storage material module 320 all can be slided with respect to the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600 and adjacent with each storage material unit be entered regional 2800 in order to form.

Figure 29 has described an embodiment of the equipment showed as Figure 26-28.The view of Figure 29 is similar to view illustrated in fig. 27.In configuration shown in Figure 29, this equipment is in a kind of " opening " position that allows to touch the material that is stored in this storage material module 320.Figure 29 illustrates a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises a central stabilizer 350, a storage material module 320 and a stabilizer unit 2600.This storage material module 320 comprises a lid 340 that is attached on this central authorities' stabilizer 350.This storage material module 320 comprises a base storage material unit 2620, and this base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached on the base 420 of this storage material module 320.This central authorities' stabilizer 350 comprises a lid 2620, and this covers at lid this central authorities' stabilizer 350 and this storage material module 320 340 opposite side places and is attached on this central authorities' stabilizer 350.This stabilizer unit 2600 is configured to have the external frame of an internal surface, and this internal surface is configured for the outer surface of these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 of coupling.This stabilizer unit is attached on the lid 340 of this storage material module 320.This stabilizer unit 2600 comprises an external frame, and this external frame has certain size and shape so that in fact around this storage material module 320, the internal surface of this external frame meets the outer surface of this storage material module 320 basically.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in a plurality of holes 2610 in this external frame.This stabilizer unit 2600 is included in a surface towards this storage material module 320, from one or more extensions on the surface of this external frame, these extensions are corresponding to one or more edge surfaces at least one hole 2630 in the base storage material unit 2620.Towards the surface of this storage material module 320, be engaged in this hole 2630 from these extensions on the surface of this external frame, in order to limit these storage material unit 330 relatively moving with respect to this external frame in this storage material module 320.In the embodiment shown in Figure 29, these storage material unit 330 in this storage material module 320 slide with respect to the axis that the external frame by this stabilizer unit 2600 forms, or as sliding vertically basically of showing in the accompanying drawing.This storage material module 320 is limited with respect to the relatively moving of external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600, as being limited by shape and the position in this hole 2630 basically.In Figure 29, the relatively moving of this storage material module 320 is enough to form one and enters zone 2800.This enters zone 2800 will allow the user of this equipment to touch to be stored in material in these interior storage material unit of this storage material module 320.Though only show with this and enter the top storage material cell 330 of zone 2800 adjacent these, each in these storage material unit in this storage material module 320 all can be slided with respect to the external frame of this stabilizer unit 2600 and adjacent with each storage material unit be entered regional 2800 in order to form.

Figure 30 has showed a base storage material unit 2620, for example shown in the equipment of Figure 26-29.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached to a storage material module base 420.Be similar to the storage material unit that other accompanying drawings (being designated 330) are described, this base storage material unit 2620 comprises a void area 910, and this void area is configured to allow to see and touches storage material in this base storage material unit 2620.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630, and this hole is configured for a corresponding inner lip-deep extension (referring to Figure 26-29) of the external frame of a stabilizer unit 2600 of coupling.The lower edge in this hole 2630 defines this storage material unit 320 in fact with respect to the relative position of this stabilizer unit 2600.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises a sidewall 440.At least one flange 3000 stretches out from the top of the sidewall 440 of this base storage material unit 2620.This at least one flange 3000 stretches out in the direction with respect to the surperficial perpendicular of this sidewall 440.This at least one flange 3000 deviates from the outer surface of this sidewall 440 and stretches out in the direction of a perpendicular.This flange is configured for the edge in the hole 2600 in the external frame of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit 2600.The edge of this flange 3000 at the edge in a hole 2600 of coupling created with this storage material module 320 in adjacent minimum and the overall dimensions that enters zone 2800 in these storage material unit.The edge in a hole 2600 that is connected with the edge of this flange 3000 defines in fact with this storage material module 320(referring to Figure 26-29) an interior adjacent vertical height that enters zone 2800 of these storage material unit.The height of (referring to Figure 26 and 27) when the possible least displacement that contacting between the top edge in the edge of this flange 3000 and this hole 2600 defines in fact in storage material module 320 or this storage material module 320 are in " closing " or " locking " position.The height of (referring to Figure 28 and 29) when similarly, contacting between the top edge in the edge of this flange 3000 and this hole 2600 defines maximum displacement possible in storage material module 320 or this storage material module 320 in fact and be in " opening " or " release " position.

Figure 31 has showed a base storage material unit 2620 in as shown in Figure 30 and the equipment that be illustrated in Figure 26-29.This base storage material unit 2620 is attached on the storage material module base 420.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises a void area 910, and this void area is configured to allow to see and touches storage material in this base storage material unit 2620.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises at least one hole 2630, and this hole is configured for a corresponding inner lip-deep extension (referring to Figure 26-29) of the external frame of a stabilizer unit 2600 of coupling.The lower edge in this hole 2630 defines this storage material unit 320 in fact with respect to potential the relatively moving of this stabilizer unit 2600.This base storage material unit 2620 comprises a sidewall 440.At least one flange 3000 stretches out from the top of the sidewall 440 of this base storage material unit 2620.This at least one flange 3000 stretch out with respect to the direction of the surperficial perpendicular of this sidewall 440 or as Figure 31 in describe flatly stretch out.This flange is configured for the edge in the hole 2600 in the external frame of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit 2600.The edge of this flange 3000 at the edge in a hole 2600 of coupling set up with this storage material module 320 in an adjacent border that enters zone 2800, these storage material unit.The edge in the hole 2600 that is connected with the edge of this flange 3000 defines in fact with this storage material module 320(referring to Figure 26-29) an interior adjacent vertical height that enters zone 2800 of these storage material unit.The height of (referring to Figure 26 and 27) when contacting between the top edge in the edge of this flange 3000 and this hole 2600 defines least displacement possible in storage material module 320 or this storage material module 320 in fact and be in " closing " or " locking " position.The height of (referring to Figure 28 and 29) when similarly, contacting between the top edge in the edge of this flange 3000 and this hole 2600 defines maximum displacement possible in storage material module 320 or this storage material module 320 in fact and be in " opening " or " release " position.

Figure 32 has described a transportation stabilizer 3210 in a vertical section view, this transportation stabilizer is shown as with a thermosealed in fact container 100 and is associated.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is intended to for a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises a connector 115, is a flexible connector.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is configured for a part of power related with the deflection of this connector 115 or mobile phase of bearing, and is particularly standing under the obviously mobile situation when this thermosealed in fact container 100.This transportation stabilizer 3210 can be used in the shipment or transportation process of a thermosealed in fact container 100 for example.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is configured to have certain size and shape in order to reversibly mate the inside of a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises a connector 115, is a flexible connector.The size of this transportation stabilizer 3210 is corresponding to the size of the inside of a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises a connector 115, is a flexible connector.

Figure 32 has described a thermosealed in fact container 100, and this container comprises a connector 115, is a flexible connector.This thermosealed in fact container 100 comprises an outer wall 105 and an inwall 110, has a space 120 between this outer wall 105 and this inwall 110.The internal surface of this inwall 110 defines the border of a thermosealed in fact storage area 130 in fact.The inside of this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 comprises a memory structure 200 on the internal surface that is attached to this inwall 110.Though can not clearly see in the sectional view of Figure 32, this memory structure comprises that a plurality of holes 220,210(are referring to Fig. 2).A central hole 210 is positioned in the center of this supporting structure 200, wherein these edges of this central hole 210 roughly corresponding to this passage 125(referring to Fig. 2) these sides.Shown in figure 32, one or more supporting structures 3200 keep this basically the memory structure 200 on plane with respect to the relative position of the internal surface of this inwall 110.

The transportation stabilizer unit 3210 that Figure 32 has described to be associated with this thermosealed in fact container 100.In the configuration of showing, this thermosealed in fact container 100 and this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 are positioned such that this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 born by the quality of any content of this inwall 110 and this thermosealed in fact storage area 130 and the substantive part that motion (quality that comprises this memory structure 200) is applied to the power on this flexible connector 115.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises the lid 3250 with a certain size and shape, and this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall 105 that covers this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in fact.This lid 3250 comprises a surface, and this surface is configured for the outer surface outer wall 105 that reversibly mates this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, adjacent with outside opening in this outer wall 105.This lid 3250 can be made with the material with sufficient intensity, in order to when this reversible fastening unit is attached on this positioning shaft this flexible connector is maintained in the compression position.For example, this lid 3250 can be made by stainless steel.This lid 3250 comprises one or more hole, and these holes are configured for a fastening piece 3255 is attached on the outer surface of this container 100.This lid comprises a central hole, and this hole is configured on the direction with respect to the plane perpendicular of this lid 3250.Reversible fastening unit 3225 with this lid 3250 in central hole position adjacent place be attached on this lid 3250.This reversible fastening unit 3225 is oriented to a positioning shaft 3220 is fastened in the central hole of this lid.This reversible fastening unit 3225 is oriented to a positioning shaft 3220 is fastened in the fixed position with respect to this lid 3250.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines a tubular structure in fact, and the diameter of section that this tubular structure has is less than the minimum diameter of the flexible connector 115 of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.The end that defines this wall 3280 of this tubular structure in fact operationally is attached on this lid 3250.Shown in figure 32, this wall 3280 is with right angle basically or vertically be attached on this lid 3250.This wall 3280 comprises at least one hole 3270.In the embodiment that Figure 32-39 shows, this wall 3280 is included in two holes on two opposite faces of this wall 3280.Two holes of this that show equate in these embodiments that describe basically.This hole 3270 has a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 with respect to view shown in Figure 32.The top edge 3273 in the hole 3270 in this wall 3280 be positioned in be positioned on the tubular structure from this tubular structure, operationally be attached to end on this lid 3250 less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector 115.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220.The diameter of section that this positioning shaft 3220 has is less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid 3250.The length that this positioning shaft 3220 has is greater than the combination with wall 3280 length between the top edge 3273 in the surface of this lid 3250 and the hole 3270 in this wall 3280 of the thickness of this lid 3250.This wall 3280 has an internal surface, and this internal surface defines an inner region 3285 of this tubular area in fact.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a pivot unit 3230, and this pivot unit 3230 operationally is attached on the terminal area of this positioning shaft 3220 and is positioned in this inner region 3285.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a support unit 3260.This support unit 3260 operationally is attached on this pivot unit 3230.This support unit 3260 has and is engaged in when certain size and shape should pivot unit 3230 be rotated in one direction with box lunch in this inner region 3285 and should pivot unit 3230 (be described essentially horizontally) to rotate about 90 holes of passing in this wall 3280 when spending 3270 as Figure 32 with box lunch on another direction and stretch out.

This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This stub area has a certain size internal surface that is configured for a hole 210 in the memory structure 200 that reversibly mates in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 with shape.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.Shown in figure 32, when when using this transportation stabilizer 3210, this base grip end 3245 is configured for the internal surface of the inwall 110 that reversibly mates this container 100.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a stretching unit for this base grip end 3245.This stretching unit be configured for will be on this base grip end 3245 pressure of inwall 110 of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 of antagonism maintain on the direction on a surface that is substantially perpendicular to this lid 3250 or in the view of Figure 32 basically on the downward direction.This stretching unit can comprise a tensioning shaft 3240 and a tension spring 3295, and it is configured for the power along the long axis of this transportation stabilizer 3210 is maintained until on the end of this base grip end 3245.

These parts of this transportation stabilizer 3210 can be made by the multiple material that is suitable for this embodiment.Can select material according to cost, density, intensity, thermal conductivity and other attributes that are suitable for this embodiment.In certain embodiments, this transportation stabilizer 3210 is made by metal parts (for example part of stainless steel, brass or aluminium) basically.In certain embodiments, the part of this transportation stabilizer 3210 is to be made by durable plastic materials (comprising glass-reinforced plastic (GRP)).In certain embodiments, this positioning shaft 3220 is to be made by the plastic materials with adequate durability due.In certain embodiments, this base grip end 3245 is to be made by the plastic materials with suitable friction factor.For example, this base grip end 3245 can be made greater than 0.5 material by the friction factor with respect to the surface of this inwall under a kind of temperature between 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade.For example, this base grip end 3245 can be made greater than 0.7 material by the friction factor with respect to the surface of this inwall under a kind of temperature between 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade.For example, this base grip end 3245 can be made greater than one material by the friction factor with respect to the surface of this inwall under a kind of temperature between 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade.For example, this base grip end 3245 can be made greater than 1.2 material by the friction factor with respect to the surface of this inwall under a kind of temperature between 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade.For example, this base grip end 3245 can be made greater than 1.5 material by the friction factor with respect to the surface of this inwall under a kind of temperature between 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade.

Figure 33 has showed the many aspects of a transportation stabilizer 3210 shown in figure 32.In view shown in Figure 33, this transportation stabilizer 3210 is in it will be embodied in a configuration in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100, but Figure 33 does not show this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.In view shown in Figure 33, this transportation stabilizer 3210 is to be in the configuration shown in Figure 32 and thermosealed reservoir vessel 100 on this matter shown in Figure 32 not.Shown in figure 32, transportation stabilizer 3210 has certain size and shape in order to adapt to a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 with specific dimensions.

This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises the lid 3250 with a certain size and shape, and this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall 105 that covers a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 in fact.This lid 3250 can comprise one or more hole 3300, and these holes are configured for a fastening piece is attached on the outer surface of this container 100.This lid comprises a central hole, and this hole is configured on the direction with respect to the plane perpendicular of this lid 3250.Reversible fastening unit 3225 with this lid 3250 in central hole position adjacent place be attached on this lid 3250.This reversible fastening unit 3225 is oriented to a positioning shaft 3220 is fastened in the central hole of this lid.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines a tubular structure in fact, and the diameter of section that this tubular structure has is less than the minimum diameter of the flexible connector 115 of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.This wall 3280 comprises a zone 3310, and this zone is configured to be engaged within the minimum inside of passage 125 of flexible connector 115.This zone 3310 is shorter than the minimum length of this flexible connector 115.The end in the zone 3310 in this wall 3280 is fixed on the lid 3250.Shown in Figure 32 and 33, this wall 3280 is with right angle basically or vertically be attached on this lid 3250.This wall 3280 comprises at least one hole 3270.In the embodiment that Figure 32-39 shows, this wall 3280 is included in two holes on two opposite faces of this wall 3280.Two holes of this that show equate in the embodiment who describes basically.This hole 3270 has a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 with respect to view shown in Figure 32.The top edge 3273 in the hole 3270 in this wall 3280 is positioned on the tubular structure, be positioned at from this tubular structure, operationally be attached to end on this lid 3250 less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector 115.The top edge 3273 in this hole 3270 defines the length in this zone 3310, and this zone is configured to be engaged within the minimum inside of passage 125 of flexible connector 115.The length that is configured to be engaged in this zone 3310 within the minimum inside of passage 125 of flexible connector 115 is to be that top edge 3273 by hole 3270 limits by the edge limited of lid 3250 and at the opposite end place at one end.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220.This wall 3280 has an internal surface, and this internal surface defines an inner region 3285 of this tubular area in fact.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a pivot unit 3230, and this pivot unit 3230 operationally is attached to the terminal area of this positioning shaft 3220 and is positioned in this inner region 3285.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a support unit 3260.This support unit 3260 operationally is attached on this pivot unit 3230.This support unit 3260 has to be engaged in this inner region 3285 and when this pivot unit 3230 when certain size and shape should pivot unit 3230 be rotated in one direction with box lunch (to be described essentially horizontally in as Figure 32 and 33) to pass the hole 3270 in this wall 3280 when rotation about 90 is spent and stretch out on another direction.In the view that Figure 33 shows, this support unit 3260 is rotated by this pivot unit 3230 on a position on the plane of substantially parallel this lid 3250.In view shown in Figure 33, this support unit 3260 is being rotated by this pivot unit 3230 on the position of the top edge 3273 in substantially parallel this hole 3270 and is being fixed in the position on the top edge 3273 that is resisted against this hole 3270 by be fixed to positioning shaft 3220 on this fastening piece 3225 at the correct position place.

This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This stub area has a certain size internal surface that is configured for a hole 210 in the memory structure 200 that reversibly mates in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100 with shape.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a stretching unit for this base grip end 3245.This stretching unit can comprise a tensioning shaft 3240 and a tension spring 3295, and it is configured to the power along the long axis of this transportation stabilizer 3210 is maintained until on the end of this base grip end 3245.

The external view that transports stabilizer 3210 that Figure 34 has described to be showed as Figure 32 and 33 with the cross section.Figure 34 shows that this transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220 and an adjacent fastening piece 3225 that is attached on this lid 3250.The lid of showing 3250 comprises a plurality of holes 3300, and these holes are configured to allow a plurality of fastening pieces that lid 3250 is attached on the outer wall 105 in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel 100.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines a tubular structure in fact.The internal surface of this wall 3280 defines an inner region 3285 in this tubular structure in fact.This wall 3280 comprises a zone 3310, and this zone is configured to be engaged within the minimum inside of passage 125 of a flexible connector 115.The transportation stabilizer unit 3210 of showing is included in two holes 3270 in this wall 3280.As seen the two ends of a single support unit 3260 deviate from the outward edge of this wall 3280 and stretch out and pass this two holes 3270.The core (not shown) of this support unit 3260 is arranged in the inner region 3285 of this tubular structure.Shown hole 3270 comprises a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 with respect to view shown in Figure 34.The upper surface of this support unit 3260 is in the fixed position that is resisted against on this top edge 3273.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

Figure 35 has showed the many aspects of a transportation stabilizer unit 3210.Transportation stabilizer unit 3210 shown in Figure 35 is similar to that Figure 34 describes.Show this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 with substantially horizontal external view among Figure 35.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220 and an adjacent fastening piece 3225 that is attached on this lid 3250.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines a tubular structure in fact.This wall 3280 comprises a zone 3310, and this zone is configured to be engaged within the minimum inside of passage 125 of a flexible connector 115.The transportation stabilizer unit 3210 of showing is included in two holes 3270 in this wall 3280.As seen the two ends of a single support unit 3260 deviate from the outward edge of this wall 3280 and stretch out and pass this two holes 3270.The hole of describing 3270 has top edge 3273 and lower edge 3275 with respect to view shown in Figure 35.The upper surface of this support unit 3260 is in the fixed position that is resisted against on these top edge 3273.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

Figure 36 has showed the many aspects of a transportation stabilizer unit 3210.Transportation stabilizer unit 3210 shown in Figure 36 is similar to that Figure 35 describes.In Figure 36, show this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 with substantially horizontal outside visual angle, but towards a side of view shown in Figure 35.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a positioning shaft 3220 and an adjacent fastening piece 3225 that is attached on this lid 3250.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines a tubular structure in fact.This wall 3280 comprises a zone 3310, and this zone is configured to be engaged within the minimum inside of passage 125 of a flexible connector 115.Be included in a hole 3270 in this wall 3280 in the view of transportation stabilizer unit 3210 shown in Figure 36.As seen the end of a single support unit 3260 deviates from the outward edge of this wall 3280 and stretches out and pass this hole 3270.The core of this support unit 3260 is arranged in the inner region 3285 of this tubular structure.The hole of describing 3270 comprises a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 with respect to view shown in Figure 36.The upper surface of this support unit 3260 is in the fixed position that is resisted against on this top edge 3273.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

Figure 37 has described a transportation stabilizer unit 3210 with the vertical section visual angle.As shown in the figure, transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a lid 3250.This lid 3250 comprises one or more hole 3300, and these holes are configured to allow a plurality of fastening pieces to be attached among a thermosealed in fact container 100(Figure 37 lid 3250 not shown) the outside.This lid 3250 have be oriented to this lid 3250 in the attached fastening piece 3225 of adjacent one of central hole.This fastening piece 3225 is configured for and reversibly is attached on the positioning shaft 3220.Fastener 3225 is fixing to have the possibility of the central hole that moves through this lid 3250 when in place to this positioning shaft 3220 not having.This positioning shaft 3220 is connected on the pivot member 3230 within the inside 3285 of this transportation stabilizer unit 3210.This pivot member 3230 is attached on the support unit 3260.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a wall 3280, and this wall 3280 defines a tubular structure in fact.This wall 3280 comprises a zone 3310, and it is not shown that this zone is configured to be engaged among flexible connector 115(Figure 37) the minimum inside of passage 125 within.The transportation stabilizer unit 3210 that Figure 37 describes is included in the wall 3280, two holes 3270 on the opposite face of this tubular structure.These holes 3270 comprise a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 separately with respect to the position of showing (for example one vertical transportation stabilizer unit 3210) basically.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

In the view that Figure 37 shows, this support unit 3260 is rotated by this pivot unit 3230, and makes this support unit 3260 be oriented to be arranged essentially parallel to the surface of this wall 3280.As shown in the figure, this pivot unit 3230 is configured to allow this support unit 3260 to move about 90 degree along single axis.This support unit 3260 is in corresponding with the vertical position of the main axis of this transportation stabilizer 3,210 one basically in the vertical position.This support unit 3260 has certain size and shape in order to be engaged in basically within these holes 3270 one.This support unit 3260 and this pivot unit 3230 are configured for this support unit 3260 are positioned substantially in the outer diameter of the tubular structure that is limited by this wall 3280.In this position, this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 is configured to be engaged in the passage 125 of a thermosealed in fact container 100.

The surface that is positioned such that this lid 3250 in this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 is with after the outer wall 105 of a thermosealed in fact container 100 contacts, this positioning shaft 3220 can be moved by the user of this equipment in case rotate this pivot unit 3230 and therefore mobile this with respect to this transportation stabilizer 3210(as shown in figure 33) be in the support unit 3260 in the substantial horizontal position.Then by the user one of the central hole pulling that this positioning shaft 3220 passes this lid 3250 is showed as Figure 32 at this container 100(for the surface that makes this support unit 3260) inwall 110 places and the tactile needed number of degrees of the side edge of flexible connector 115, this transportation stabilizer 3210 can be oriented to provide support to this flexible connector 115.This positioning shaft 3220 can be fastened in place with these fastening pieces 3225 that are attached on this lid 3250 then.

Figure 38 has showed a transportation stabilizer unit 3210, and this transportation stabilizer unit has and was rotated in order to be engaged in an interior support unit 3260 of hole 3270 in this wall 3280.This view is similar to the embodiment's that Figure 37 shows external view.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a lid 3250.This lid 3250 comprises a plurality of holes 3300, and these holes are configured for a plurality of fastening pieces reversibly are attached on the outer surface of a thermosealed in fact container 100.This lid 3250 comprises a central hole and is attached to an adjacent fastening piece 3225 on this lid 3250.This central hole provides the space for a positioning rod 3220 crosses this lid 3250.The pivot unit 3230(that this positioning rod 3220 is connected in the inside 3285 of wall 3280 of this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 is not shown) on.Show this support unit 3260 be in the vertical position of the main axis of this transportation stabilizer 3210 with respect to one basically in the vertical position.This support unit 3260 has certain size and shape in order to be engaged in basically in this hole 3270.This hole 3270 comprises a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275.In position shown in Figure 38, this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 is configured in the passage 125 that is engaged in a thermosealed in fact container 100.The edge of this support unit 3260 is to be supported on the top edge 3273 in this hole 3270 in this diagram.When this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 was lowered to one in the thermosealed in fact container 100, this position can minimize the potential rotation of this support unit 3260.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a stub area 3290.This transportation stabilizer 3210 is included in a base grip end 3245 of the end of this stub area 3290.

Figure 39 has showed the external view that is similar to the transportation stabilizer unit 3210 that Figure 37 describes.Has a transportation stabilizer unit 3210 in the perpendicular view of describing from Figure 37 in the view shown in Figure 39.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises with right angle basically and is attached to a lid 3250 on the wall 3280 of this transportation stabilizer unit 3210.This wall 3280 defines one of this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 structure of tubulose in fact.This lid 3250 comprises a central hole and is attached on the outer surface of lid and a fastening piece 3225 adjacent with this central hole.This central hole has certain size and shape in order to allow a positioning shaft 3220 to cross this lid 3250.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a zone 3310, and it is not shown that this zone is configured to be engaged among a flexible connector 115(Figure 39) the minimum inside of passage 125 within.This wall 3280 be included on the opposite face of this wall 3280, have two holes 3270 of similar size and shape basically.In view shown in Figure 39, these holes 3270 be the alignment and seemingly overlapping in fact.These holes 3270 have a top edge 3273 and a lower edge 3275 separately.As shown in figure 39, the lower end of this positioning rod 3220 is attached on the pivot unit 3230.This pivot unit 3230 is attached on the surface of a support unit 3260.The view of Figure 39 passes these overlapping holes 3270 and this inner region 3285 shows this pivot unit 3230 and this support unit 3260.The face of this support unit 3260 is and opposite face shown in Figure 38.

In certain embodiments, one or more sensors can be attached on this transportation stabilizer unit 3210.Sensor can be positioned within the inside 3285 of this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 for example.A transportation stabilizer unit 3210 can comprise an indicator, for example as the visual detector of LED illuminator.An electronics can be operatively connected on the transportation stabilizer unit 3210.Electronics can be operatively connected on sensor being attached on this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 and the indicator.For example, a temperature transducer can be attached on the internal surface of this transportation stabilizer unit 3210.A LED luminous indicator can be attached on the outer surface of this lid 3250.An electronics that comprises a controller and a plurality of wire connectors can be attached on this temperature transducer and this indicator.This electronics for example can be configured to make this indicator luminous when the temperature of this temperature sensor senses in this transportation stabilizer unit 3210 is not in predetermined temperature range.For example, electronics can be configured to this temperature sensor senses to about 0 degree centigrade with 10 degrees centigrade scope outside temperature the time make this indicator luminous.For example, electronics can be configured to this temperature sensor senses to about 2 degrees centigrade with 8 degrees centigrade scope outside temperature the time make this indicator luminous.For example, electronics can be configured to this temperature sensor senses to about 5 degrees centigrade with 15 degrees centigrade scope outside temperature the time make this indicator luminous.For example, electronics can be configured to this temperature sensor senses to about 20 degrees centigrade with 30 degrees centigrade scope outside temperature the time make this indicator luminous.For example, electronics can be configured to make this indicator luminous in this temperature sensor senses during to about temperature below 0 degree centigrade.For example, electronics can be configured to make this indicator luminous in this temperature sensor senses during to about temperature more than 30 degrees centigrade.

Figure 40 A has described to have the external view of a thermosealed in fact container 100 of attached transportation stabilizer unit 3210.Figure 40 A has described to have an angled view up and down of a thermosealed in fact container 100 of attached transportation stabilizer unit 3210.This transportation stabilizer unit 3210 comprises a lid 3250.A plurality of fastening pieces 3255 are fixed to this lid 3250 on the outer wall 105 of this container 100.This lid 3250 comprises a central hole, and this central hole comprises a positioning shaft 3220.This positioning shaft 3220 is fixed in the settling position with respect to this lid 3250 by being attached at these lid 3250 lip-deep fastening pieces 3225.

Figure 40 B has described to have the external view of a thermosealed in fact container 100 of attached transportation stabilizer unit 3210.Figure 40 B has described to have the vertical side view of a thermosealed in fact container 100 of attached transportation stabilizer unit 3210.This transportation stabilizer 3210 comprises a lid 3250.A plurality of fastening pieces 3255 are fixed to this lid 3250 on the outer wall 105 of this container 100.This lid 3250 comprises a central hole, and this central hole comprises a positioning shaft 3220.This positioning shaft 3220 is fixed in the settling position with respect to this lid 3250 by being attached at these lid 3250 lip-deep fastening pieces 3225.

Referring now to Figure 41, show the example of an equipment, this equipment can serve as the background at the theme of this explanation.Figure 41 has showed a schematic representation of equipment 4185.This equipment 4185 comprises that a structural region 4180, active region 4100, one are attached on this structural region 4180 and are attached to connector 4120 and a vacuum pump 4130 on this active region 4100.This structural region 4180, this active region 4100, this connector 4120 and this vacuum pump 4130 comprise an inner tightness zone separately.For example, this structural region 4180 is included in a tightness space 120 between this outer wall 105 and this inwall 110.This entire equipment 4185 comprises an inner tightness zone, and these zones (for example 4100,4120,120) that this equipment 4185 is run through in this zone are continuous.

This structural region 4180 is made by a kind of heat sensitive material.This structural region 4180 can be made by a kind of heat sensitive material wholly or in part.This structural region 4180 can be made by the combination of multiple material.When this structural region comprises a plurality of parts of being made by different materials, has the heat sensitivity that minimum stable on heating material will be handled total zone 4180.This structural region 4180 comprises an outer wall 105 and an inwall 110, wherein has a tightness space 120 between this outer wall 105 and this inwall 110.This active region 4100 is to be made by a kind of heat-resistant material.This active region 4100 is to be made by using also heat-resisting method by a kind of heat-resistant material fully.For example, any epoxy resin in these active region 4100 structures, Sealing, coating or similar parts all will be heat-resisting.When this active region comprises a plurality of parts of being made by different materials, has the heat resistance that minimum stable on heating material will be handled whole active region 4100.This active region 4100 comprises one or more getters 4110.

This connector 4120 is attached to this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100 on both.The a plurality of air-locked links of these connector 4120 usefulness may be operably coupled on this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100 in order to form a tightness inside.For example, use air-locked Sealing by the respective ends at this connector 4120, this connector 4120 can be attached on this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100.For example, this connector 4120 can be soldered in the respective ends of this connector 4120 on structural region 4180 and the active region 4100 in order to form air-locked soldering point.This connector 4120 comprises a flexure region 4125.This connector comprises a zone 4127, and this zone is configured for this structural region 4180 is sealed and separates with respect to this active region 4100.This vacuum pump 4130 operationally is attached on this connector 4120.This vacuum pump 4130 operationally is attached on this connector 4120, in order to allow this vacuum pump 4130 gas within the tightness inside of this equipment 4185 of emptying basically in utilizing the process of method described herein.In certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 can operationally be attached on this connector 4120 by other structures of pipe, pipeline, passage or the air-locked sealing of establishment between this vacuum pump 4130 and this connector 4120.For example, Figure 41 has showed the vacuum pump 4130 that operationally is attached to by passage 4170 on this connector 4120.

This equipment 4185 spreads all over this structural region 4180, this active region 4100 and the connector 4120 that is attached on this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100 comprises a tightness inner region.Air-locked Sealing the zone 4180 of this equipment 4185,4100 and this connector between each tie point in.This vacuum pump 4130 also operationally is attached on this connector 4120 with air-locked Sealing.Referring to: Ishimaru, " bakeable aluminium matter vacuum chamber and the bellows with aluminium matter flange and metal seal [Bakable aluminum vacuum chamber and bellows with an aluminum flange and metal seal for ultrahigh vacuum] that is used for ultrahigh vacuum ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A15 rolled up for the 6th phase, 1978 11/12 month, the 1853-1854 page or leaf; And people such as Jhung, " use cryopump and realize extreme high vacuum [Achievement of extremely high vacuum using a cryopump and conflate aluminum gaskets] in conjunction with aluminium matter pad ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1992 the 43rd the 4th phases of volume, the 309-311 page or leaf; These files are combined in this separately by reference.This vacuum pump 4130 can be attached on this connector 4120 by a structure (for example passage 4170), and this structure is included in a gas tight seal spare between this vacuum pump 4130 and this connector 4120.The vacuum pump 4130 that comprises in specific embodiment should have be enough to the whole tightness inner region that will spread all over this structural region 4180, this active region 4100 and be attached to the connector 4120 on this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100 basically the pump of emptying get ability.

A valve 4135 can operationally be attached on this connector 4120, for example be attached at this connector 4120, in the zone between this attached vacuum pump 4130 and passage 4170 and this attached structural region 4180.Operationally being attached to valve 4135 on this connector 4120 can be configured for and suppress gas flow and pass this connector 4120.Operationally being attached to valve 4135 on this connector 4120 can be configured to hinder gas flow and pass this connector 4120.The valve 4135 that operationally is attached on this connector 4120 is configured in the inside of passing this connector 4120 along a position restriction gas flow of these connector 4120 length.For example, show as Figure 41 that valve 4135 can be configured for and prevent that gas from flowing between the inside of the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180 and this active region 4100 from the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120.As an example, as shown in figure 41, valve 4135 can be incorporated in this connector 4120 and be configured for gas flow within the inside that reversibly prevents this connector 4120.Valve 4135 can be configured for another zone isolation of the inside of the gas that will exist and this equipment 4185 in a zone of the inside of this equipment 4185.Valve 4135 can have polytype, as is suitable for this embodiment with relevant with a plurality of factors, exhaust and sealing intensity that these factors are for example cost, durability, structural strength, manufactured materials.Valve 4135 can be a right-angle type rotary valve, as fly valve.Valve 4135 can be a ball valve.In certain embodiments, can there be a plurality of valves.If valve 4135 comprises organic material (as nitrile) in "O or miscellaneous part, then the expection deflation rate of these valuable parts should be understood that influence to realizing the needed time of target minimum air pressure in this equipment.Referring to: L.de Csernatony, " the elastomeric characteristic II of Viton " A ": the infiltration of gas; diffusion and the dissolubility influence [The properties of Viton " A " elastomers II:the influence of permeation; diffusion and solubility of gases on the gas emission rate from an O-ring used as an atmospheric seal or high vacuum immersed] to being used as atmospheric sealing spare or immersing the gas drainage rate of the O shape ring in the high vacuum ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 16th the 3rd phase of volume of nineteen ninety-five, 129-134 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.In certain embodiments, at this equipment of assembling (for example referring to Fig. 5 and related text) before, this valuables of oven dry can reduce from the exhaust in the organic material in this valve under vacuum condition.Referring to: D.J.Crawley and L.de Csernatony, " degassing feature of some ' O ' shape ring materials [Degassing characteristics of some ' O ' ring materials] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1964 the 14th volume 7-9 pages or leaves; And S.Rutherford, " benefit of Viton exhaust [The benefits of Viton outgassing] ", Da Niwei warehouse company [Duniway Stockroom Corp.], 1997,1-5 page or leaf, above-mentioned file were combined in this separately by reference.

The structural region of being made by a kind of heat sensitive material 4180 comprises a device, and the remainder that this device is configured to be independent of this equipment uses.For example, this structural region 4180 can comprise a storage device (for example referring to Figure 63), and the remainder that this storage device is configured to be independent of this equipment uses.For example, this structural region 4180 can comprise a storage device (for example referring to Figure 63), and this storage device is configured to be independent of this connector 4120, this vacuum pump 4130 and this active region 4100 to be used.For example, this structural region 4180 can comprise a thermosealed in fact container, and this container is configured to be independent of this connector 4120, this vacuum pump 4130 and this active region 4100 to be used.In certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 comprises a device, and this device is configured to separate with the remainder of this equipment.In certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 comprises a storage device.In certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 comprises a storage device that is configured for the storage of carrying out temperature stabilization.In certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 comprises a thermal insulating device.This structural region 4180 can comprise storage device with an internal storage area 130 and an opening 4160 in this structural region 4180, and this opening has suitable size and shape in order to keep the thermmal storage characteristic of this internal storage area 130 and in order to allow the interpolation of any storage material in this internal storage area 130 and shift out.This internal storage area 130 is thermosealed in fact storage areas, and this thermosealed in fact storage area comprises with minimum size and shape one and enters opening 4160 and in order to allow storage material is inserted and shift out this internal storage area 130.This storage device can comprise a container, for example is designed to store a heat-staple container (for example referring to Figure 63) of the medical agent product in the cold chain.As shown in figure 41, this structural region 4180 can have an attached gas manometer 4140, and this gas manometer is configured for the air pressure that detects and send in this tightness space 120.Referring to: people such as Mukugi, " in the ultrahigh vacuum scope, carry out the feature [Characteristics of cold cathode gauges for outgassing measurements in uhv range] of the cold cathode instrument of exhaust measurement ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1993 the 44th volume 5-7 phases, the 591-593 page or leaf; And people such as Saitoh, " vacuum measuring instrument is to the influence [Influence of vacuum gauges on outgassing rate measurements] of deflation rate measured value ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A11 rolled up for the 5th phase in 1993,9/10 month, the 2816-2821 page or leaf; Flood people such as (Hong), " with the indoor gaseous species [Investigation of gas species in a stainless steel ultrahigh vacuum chamber with hot cathode ionization gauges] of hot-cathoed ionization ga(u)ge research stainless steel ultrahigh vacuum ", measure science and technology [Meas.Sci.Technol.], 2004 the 15th volumes, the 359-364 page or leaf; Above-mentioned file is combined in this separately by reference.This gas manometer 4140 can operationally be attached on this tightness space 120 by a pipe or pipeline 4175.Though not shown among Figure 41, in certain embodiments valve can be included among this pipeline 4175 or on pass this pipeline 4175 and in order to this tightness space 120 and this gas manometer 4140 isolated in order to suppress gas flow.

Can be made by multiple heat sensitive material by the structural region 4180 that heat sensitive material is made, this depends on embodiment.This structural region 4180 can be made into to comprise a kind of single heat sensitive material.The structural region of being made by heat sensitive material 4180 can be made of a variety of materials, and one or more in these materials may be temperature-sensitives, and this depends on embodiment.For example, this structural region 4180 can be partly or is made of aluminum fully.This structural region 4180 can comprise multiple material in a certain embodiments.This structural region 4180 can be made by composite material.For example, this structural region 4180 can outer wall 105 and inwall 110 towards ground, 4190 tops, surface in this tightness space 120 or made by metal plastic fully, as polypropylene, PET, nylon or the polyethylene that is coated with layer of metal (as aluminium) fully.For example, this structural region 4180 can or be made by the plastics with metallic coating or by having ML plastics fully on the internal surface in this tightness space 120 (for example Figure 41 show surface 4190) ground, top.For example, this structural region 4180 can partly or fully be made by a kind of composite material, and this composite material forms a plastics inner and metallic coating, and this metallic coating has covered the surface 4190 towards this tightness space 120 of outer wall 105 and inwall 110.For example, this structural region 4180 can partly or fully be made by a kind of composite material, and this composite material forms a plastics inner and clad lining, and this clad lining has covered the surface 4190 towards this tightness space 120 of outer wall 105 and inwall 110.For example, this structural region 4180 can partly or fully be made by the material that comprises carbon fiber.This structural region 4180 can be made by different materials in a plurality of layer of this structural region 4180 or zone, as is suitable for a given embodiment.For example, this structural region 4180 can partly or fully constitute by having an air-locked ML plastic outer zone, and this clad lining has covered the surface 4190 towards this tightness space 120 of outer wall 150 and inwall 110.

In order to keep the lowpressure in this tightness space 120, this structural region 4180 is completely or partially made by the material that low steam discharges in certain embodiments.For example, this structural region 4180 can be made by the material that low steam such as for example aluminium, stainless steel or other metals etc. discharges.For example, this structural region 4180 can be made by the material that for example glass or suitable low steams such as pottery discharge.In order to keep the lowpressure in this tightness space 120, this structural region 4180 being made at the material that is discharged by the low steam of one deck on the surface 4190 in this tightness space 120 of outer wall 105 and inwall 110 in certain embodiments.For example, the material covering that one deck stainless steel, aluminium or other low steams discharge can be used in these surfaces 4190.In certain embodiments, before assembling, these surfaces 4190 towards this tightness space 120 of outer wall 105 and inwall 110 are cleaned and handled so that the pollutant (for example, water, oil or plastics) that reduces from these surfaces 4190 is sublimate among this tightness space 120 (referring to Figure 45 and related text).Can be based on for example cost, weight, durability, hardness, intensity and the expection distillation of this certain material under the required air pressure and under the expection serviceability temperature in a given embodiment in this tightness space 120 of a plurality of factors, come to for the manufacture of the low steam releasable material of particular type select.Referring to, Adams for example, " stainless steel surfaces summary [A review of the stainless steel surface] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], nineteen eighty-three 1-3 month A1 rolled up for the 1st phase, 12-18 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.For example, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise that the air pressure inside that has is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2The tightness space 120 of holder.For example, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise that the air pressure inside that has is less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4The tightness space 120 of holder.For example, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise that the air pressure inside that has is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2The tightness space 120 of holder.For example, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise that the air pressure inside that has is less than or equal to 5x10 ^-4The tightness space 120 of holder.For example, in certain embodiments, a Manufactured storage device can comprise that the air pressure inside that has is less than 1x10 ^-2Holder is (for example less than 5x10 ^-3The holder, less than 5x10 ^-4The holder, less than 5x10 ^-5The holder, less than 5x10 ^-6The holder or less than 5x10 ^-7Holder) tightness space 120.

At assembling this equipment 4185(for example referring to Figure 45 and related text) be used for making the material of parts of this equipment 4185 and changing down and this hypobaric keeping of passing in time that will influence the air pressure in this equipment 4185 in the step process of these methods (as Figure 46-62 and literal associated therewith) of description herein to any processing of these parts before.Referring to: R.J.Elsey, " exhaust of vacuum material-I[Outgassing of vacuum materials] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1975 the 25th 7 phases of volume, 299-306 page or leaf; People such as Yamazake, " high speed pump is evacuated to UHV[High-speed pumping to UHV] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 2010 the 84th volumes, 756-759 page or leaf; People such as Saito, " what be used for low vent material takes out the measuring system of switching between the path [Measurement system for low outgassing materials by switching between two pumping paths] at two pumps ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1996 the 47th volume 6-8 phases, the 749-752 page or leaf; People such as Watanabe, " reduce the deflation rate [Reduction in outgassing rate from residual gas analyzers for extreme high vacuum measurements] of the residual gas analyzer that is used for the extreme high vacuum measurement ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A14 rolled up for the 6th phase in 1996 11/12 month, the 3261-3266 page or leaf; People such as Chun, " oxide surface that is rich in chromium is evacuated to the influence [Effect of the Cr-rich oxide surface on fast pumpdown to ultrahigh vacuum] of ultrahigh vacuum to quick pump ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A15 rolled up for the 5th phase in 1997 9/10 month, the 2518-2520 page or leaf; And Nemanic and Setina, " exhaust of thin-walled vacuum insulation plate [Outgassing of a thin wall vacuum insulating panel] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1998 the 49th the 3rd phases of volume, 233-237 page or leaf; Poole and Michaelis, " Hiavac under UHV condition and special teflon exhaust [Hiavac and Teflon outgassing under ultra-high vacuum conditions] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1980 the 30th the 10th phases of volume, 415-417 page or leaf; And Ishikawa and Nemanic, " the method summary [An overview of methods to suppress hydrogen outgassing rate from austenitic stainless steel with reference to UHV and EXV] that suppresses the hydrogen rate of discharge of Austenitic Stainless Steel with respect to UHV and EXV ", vacuum [Vacuum], 2003 the 69th volume 501-512 pages or leaves; Above-mentioned file is combined in this separately by reference.Term " exhaust " refers to emit from the solid in vacuum or the hypobaric or the gas in the liquid as used in this.Referring to: Redhead, " be used for measuring and recording the recommended practice [Recommended practices for measuring and reporting outgassing data] of exhaust data ", vacuum science and technology journal [Vacuum Science and Technology], A20 rolled up for the 5th phase in 2002 9/10 month, 1667-1675 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.The expection of this integral device 4185 use and all or part of any independent using process of this structural region 4180 in, being used for making the structure stability of this material of parts of this equipment 4185 and the discharge characteristic of expection should take in the selection of material.Referring to: S.Choi and B.V.Sankar, " gas permeability of various graphite for the low-temperature storage system/epoxy composite laminated material [Gas permeability of various graphite/epoxy composite laminates for cryogenic storage systems] ", composite material [Composites], the B part, 2008 the 39th volumes, the 782-791 page or leaf; People such as Engelmann, " vacuum chamber in the composite material [Vacuum chambers in composite material] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A5 rolled up for the 4th phase, the 2337-2341 page or leaf in 1987 7/8 month; Nemanic and Setina, " about the experiment [Experiments with a thin-walled stainless steel chamber] of thin-wall stainless steel chamber ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A18 rolled up for the 4th phase, the 1789-1793 page or leaf in 2000 7/8 month; Halliday, " being used for the introduction [An introduction to materials for use in vacuum] of the material under the vacuum ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1987 the 37th the 8/9th phases of volume, 583-585 page or leaf; Holtrop and Hansink, " be used for the high-temperature exhaust air experiment [High temperature outgassing test on materials used in DIII-D tokamak] of the material of DIII-D tokamak ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A24 rolled up for the 4th phase, the 1572-1577 page or leaf in 2006 7/8 month; Patrick, " being used for exhaust and the selection [Outgassing and the choice of materials for space instrumentation] of the material of space apparatus ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1973 the 23rd volume o. 11ths, 411-413 page or leaf; Ishimaru is " in the aluminum alloy vacuum chamber 10 ^-13Final pressure [Ultimate pressure of the order of10 on the holder magnitude ^-13Torr in an aluminum alloy vacuum chamber] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A7 rolled up for the 3rd phase, the 2437-2442 page or leaf in 1989 5/6 month; People such as Hirohata, " be used for the desorption behavior [Hydrogen desorption behavior of aluminum materials used for extremely high vacuum chamber] of the aluminium material of extreme high vacuum chamber ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A11 rolled up for the 54th phase, the 2637-2641 page or leaf in 1993 9/10 month; Ishimaru, " window [Aluminum alloy-sapphire sealed window for ultrahigh vacuum] that is used for the aluminum alloy-sapphire sealing of ultrahigh vacuum ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 33rd the 6th phase of volume of nineteen eighty-three, 339-340 page or leaf; And Nemanic and Setina, " exhaust [Outgassing in thin wall stainless steel cells] that thin-wall stainless steel is indoor ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A17 rolled up for the 3rd phase, the 1040-1046 page or leaf in 1999 5/6 month; These files are combined in this separately by reference.The parts (as connector 4120 and/or structural region 4180) of equipment 4185 be by the embodiment who makes such as the composite materials such as material that contain epoxy resin in, the deflation rate of these parts and the loss of weight that is associated should be taken into account when using method described here equipment 4185 in, to produce to hang down required time of gas pressure in assessment (referring to, for example Figure 46-62 and related text).In some cases, material can distil, and its degree reaches its structural integrity is lowered under the required low gas pressure In a particular embodiment, and this type of factor must be taken into account in the design of equipment 4185 and structural region 4180.Referring to: R.D.Brown, " exhaust of epoxy resin under the vacuum [Outgassing of epoxy resins in vacuum] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1967 the 17th the 9th phases of volume, 505-509 page or leaf; J.Santhanam and P.Vijendran, " exhaust of reinforced epoxy resin and the control of carrying out with different preprocess methods [Outgassing rate of reinforced epoxy and its control by different pretreatment methods] thereof ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1978 the 28th the 8/9th phases of volume, the 365-366 page or leaf; And people such as Gupta, " exhaust in the epoxy resin and and minimizing method [Outgassing from epoxy resins and methods for its reduction] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1977 years the 27th the 2nd phases of volume, 61-63 page or leaf; These files are combined in this separately by reference.

Term as used herein " temperature-sensitive " refers under this temperature below one or more activationary temperatures of getter 4110 of employed these types in this equipment 4185 and lose the material of its structural integrity under its activation condition.Term as used herein " temperature-sensitive " is for the one or more activationary temperatures that are used for the contained concrete getter 4110 of given embodiment and pressure condition.For example, in certain embodiments, be included in getter 4110 in this equipment 4185 and can comprise that zirconium-vanadium-iron getter is (referring to the U.S. Patent number 4 of " the ternary getter alloy of non-vaporising and be used for absorbing the method [Non-evaporable Ternary Gettering Alloy and Method of Use for the Sorption of Water; Water Vapor and Other Gasses] of water, water vapour and other gases " of authorizing people such as Boffito, 312,669, this document is combined in this by reference).For example, in certain embodiments, the getter 4110 that is included in this equipment 4185 can comprise St707 ^TMGetter wherein has 70% zirconium, 24.6% vanadium and 5.4% iron (for example, the getter technology international corporation (Getter Technologies International Ltd.) from China can obtain).Equally referring to, Hobson and Chapman, " extracting methane out by the St707 under the low temperature ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A4 rolled up for the 3rd phase in 1986 5/6 month, and 300-302 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.As at U.S. Patent number 4,312, ibid for 669(, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to about 700 degrees centigrade temperature and continued at least 20 seconds and then this temperature is reduced between about 400 degrees centigrade and about 25 degrees centigrade.Equally at U.S. Patent number 4,312, ibid for 669(, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to the temperature that is lower than 450 degrees centigrade (for example about 400 degrees centigrade or between about 250 degrees centigrade and about 350 degrees centigrade), continue the time between 1 minute and 10 minutes, be in simultaneously and have less than 10 ^-2In the environment of the air pressure of holder." heat sensitive material " as used herein, that use with an embodiment who combines by zirconium-vanadium-getter that the iron getter material forms is a kind of heat sensitive material of losing its structural integrity at least in the time of can continuing 20 seconds under about 700 degrees centigrade temperature of predicting." heat sensitive material " as used herein, that use with an embodiment who combines by zirconium-vanadium-getter that the iron getter material forms will have less than 10 being in ^-2Losing its structural integrity under the temperature that is lower than 450 degrees centigrade (for example about 400 degrees centigrade or between about 250 degrees centigrade and about 350 degrees centigrade) during the time between lasting 1 minute and 10 minutes in the time of in the environment of air pressure of holder.For example, in certain embodiments, this structural region 180 is to be made by a kind of heat sensitive material of aluminium or aluminum alloy that comprises, this heat sensitive material is lost its structural integrity under the temperature more than 250 degrees centigrade.Referring to: people such as Ishimaru, " be used for the novel all aluminium alloy vacuum system [New all aluminum alloy vacuum system for the TRISTAN e+e-storage accelerator] that TRISTAN e+e-stores accelerator ", IEEE nuclear science transactions [IEEE Transactions on Nuclear Science], NS-28 rolled up for the 3rd phase in 1981,3320-3322 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.

The structure of the form when referring to that as " structural integrity " that uses since then keeping it under one group of specified criteria makes.Form when loss of structural integrity refers to correspondingly that can not keep it under one group of specified criteria makes." temperature-sensitive " material as used herein refers under this temperature below one or more activationary temperatures of getter 4110 of employed these types in equipment 4185 and the material of its structural integrity of forfeiture under its activation condition.The condition that influences structural integrity forfeiture can comprise temperature range (for example, overheated or cold excessively temperature) and air pressure (for example interior minimum air pressure of inner region).The condition that influences structural integrity forfeiture can comprise set service condition, for example bears a heavy burden, erosion, compressive strength or tensile strength.The forfeiture of structural integrity may be tangible or serious, for example when structural entity or partly melt, when distortion, distortion, implosion or burning.The forfeiture of structural integrity can be included in the change of the discharge characteristic of employed a kind of material in the manufacturing of structure, and the plastic materials that for example has low discharge characteristic may show the discharge characteristic of raising under one group of specified criteria (for example temperature or air pressure).The forfeiture of structural integrity also may be unconspicuous for rough inspection or detect less than, for example for the change of the crystalline structure of the material that forms duck eye, surperficial attenuation, makes or other non-main structures, in the forfeiture of welding or joint cohesion.For example, in certain embodiments, aluminium and aluminum alloy are its structural integrities of forfeiture under more needed conditions of getter of so employed " temperature-sensitive " material and some types that may adopt in activating this specific embodiment.For example, though aluminium and aluminum alloy may not exclusively be fused into liquid form under the temperature more than 250 degrees centigrade, in some cases, they will begin softening and therefore lose its structural integrity.Copper and Cuprum alloy can be considered to heat sensitive material equally, in certain embodiments.Referring to people such as Koyatsu, " measurement of the deflation rate in copper and the Cuprum alloy chamber [Measurements of outgassing rate from copper and copper alloy chambers] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1996 the 47th volume 6-8 phases, 709-711 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.When with structural region 4180 on gravity and the power that produces owing to the lowpressure in the tightness space 120 when combining, aluminium and aluminum alloy may be lost its structural integrity and the form when making and compress, be offset or crooked under the temperature more than 250 degrees centigrade.Similarly, plastics and the plastic composite that uses in certain embodiments can be heat sensitive material.

As shown in figure 41, the inwall 110 of this structural region 4180 and outer wall 105 define this tightness space 120 together in fact in certain embodiments.For example, this tightness space 120 can mainly be limited by the inwall 10 of this structural region 4180 and the border of outer wall 105.For example, this tightness space 120 can be set up by the inwall 110 of this structural region 4180 and the border of outer wall 105 in fact.Being connected between this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105 can be for example weld, bonding or sealing, these are isolated this tightness space 120 and gaseous environments of these structural region 4180 outsides in fact.In certain embodiments, being connected between this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105 can comprise extra material (for example welding compound, scolder, brazing material or other sealing materials) in order to set up and keep the isolation of this tightness space 120 and the gaseous environment of these structural region 4180 outsides.

In certain embodiments, this tightness space 120 comprises extra material.In certain embodiments, this tightness space 120 comprises durability and the stable additional materials that is designed to improve this structural region 4180.For example, this tightness space 120 can comprise a plurality of structure characteristics (for example one or more flanges, pillar, carriage, crossbeam or pillar), and these features can be configured for the stability of keeping this structural region 4180.For example, this tightness space 120 can comprise inner supporting structure, for example the reinforced region of this inwall 110 and this outer wall 105.

In certain embodiments, this tightness space 120 comprises and will improve the additional thermal insulation material of the thermal property of this structural region 4180.For example, this tightness space 120 can comprise multilayer insulant (MLI).Referring to: people such as Wiedmann, " multilayer heat insulation works [Multi Layer Insulation Literature] ", DLR, structural mechanics research institute, totally 20 pages; People such as Wei, " structure and shape are to the influence [Effects of structure and shape on thermal performance of perforated multi-layer insulation blankets] of the thermal characteristics of the thermal insulating multiple layer blanket of perforation ", use heat enginnering [Applied Thermal Engineering], 2009 the 29th volumes, the 1264-1266 page or leaf; Halaczek and Rafalowicz, " heat of extracting out certainly in the multilayer heat insulation thing is carried [Heat transport in self-pumping multilayer insulation] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1986 the 26th volumes, 373-376 page or leaf; People such as Shu, " pass some layers the multiple layer thermal break from 277 to 77K heat flux [Heat flux from277to77K through a few layers of multilayer insulation] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1986 the 26th volumes, 671-677 page or leaf; People such as Jacob, " to the research section 1 of the thermal characteristics (300-77K) of multilayer heat insulation thing: calorimetry research [Investigations into the thermal performance of multilayer insulation (300-77K) Part1:Calorimetric studies] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1992 the 32nd the 12nd phases of volume, the 1137-1146 page or leaf; People such as Jacob, " to the research part 2 of the thermal characteristics (300-77K) of multilayer heat insulation thing: heat is analyzed [Investigations into the thermal performance of multilayer insulation (300-77K) Part2:Thermal analysis] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1992 the 32nd the 12nd phases of volume, the 1147-1153 page or leaf; Halaczek and Rafalowicz, " the unshielded cryostat [Unguarded cryostat for thermal conductivity measurements of multilayer insulations] that is used for the thermal conductivity measurement of multilayer heat insulation thing ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1985 the 25th volumes, the 529-530 page or leaf; People such as Mikhalchenko, " theory and experimental research [Theoretical and experimental investigation of radiative-conductive heat transfer in multilayer insulation] that the radiation conduction type heat in the multilayer heat insulation thing is transmitted ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1985 the 25th volumes, the 275-278 page or leaf; People such as Bapat, " experimental research of multilayer heat insulation thing [Experimental investigations of multilayer insulation ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], nineteen ninety the 30th is rolled up the 711-719 page or leaf; Authorize the U.S. Patent number of McIntosh, its title is " the variable density method [Variable-density method for multi-layer insulation] that is used for the multilayer heat insulation thing "; People such as Zhitomirskilo, " theoretical model of heat transfer process in the multilayer heat insulation thing [A theoretical model of the heat transfer process in multilayer insulation] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1979, the 265-268 page or leaf; Shu, " to reducing the system research section 1 of the cracking effect in the multilayer heat insulation thing: theoretical model [Systematic study to reduce the effects of cracks in multilayer insulation Part1:theoretical model] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1987 the 27th volumes, the 249-256 page or leaf; Shu, " to reducing the system research part 2 of the cracking effect in the multilayer heat insulation thing: experimental result [Systematic study to reduce the effects of cracks in multilayer insulation Part2:experimental results] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1987 the 27th volumes, the 298-311 page or leaf; Glassford and Liu, " deflation rate of multilayer heat insulation thing [Outgassing rate of multilayer insulation] ", Luo Ke West Germany Palo Alto research institute [Lockheed Palo Alto Research Laboratory], 83-106 page or leaf; Halaczak and Rafalowicz, " the flat cryostat [Flat-plate cryostat for measurements of multilayer insulation thermal conductivity] that is used for the thermal conductivity measurement of multilayer heat insulation thing ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1985 the 25th volumes, the 593-595 page or leaf; Matsuda and Yoshikiyo, " the thermoinsulation material characteristic [Simple structure insulating material properties for multilayer insulation] that is used for the simple structure of multilayer heat insulation thing ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], 1980, the 135-138 page or leaf; People such as Keller, " application of high temperature multilayer heat insulation thing [Application of high temperature multilayer insulations] ", aerospace journal [Acta Astronautica], 1992 the 26th the 6th phases of volume, 451-458 page or leaf; Scurlock and Saull, " thermal conductivity is lower than 0.1 μ W cm ^-1K ^-1Development [the Development of multilayer insulations with thermal conductivities below01. μ W cm of multilayer heat insulation thing ^-1K ^-1] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], in May, 1976,303-311 page or leaf; People such as Bapat, " performance prediction of multilayer heat insulation thing [Performance prediction of multilayer insulation] ", cryogenics [Cryogenics], nineteen ninety the 30th is rolled up the 700-710 page or leaf; And Kropschot, " the multilayer heat insulation thing [Multiple layer insulation for cryogenic applications] that is used for cryogenic applications ", cryogenics [Cryogenics],, 171-177 page or leaf in 1961; These files are combined in this separately by reference.

In certain embodiments, in this tightness space 120, has the multilayer insulant of one deck (" MLI ") at least.In certain embodiments, a plurality of layers multilayer insulant is arranged in tightness space 120, wherein these layers can not be homogeneous.For example, this multilayer insulant of a plurality of layers can comprise the layer with different-thickness or have and do not have the layer of the spacer element that is associated.In certain embodiments, in this thermoinsulation material or except this thermoinsulation material, can there be the additional layer of one deck or multilayer, as, an external structure layer or an internal structure layer.

As shown in figure 41, in the time of herein in some step process of the method for Miao Shuing and in being included in this equipment 4185, the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180 is opened to the inside of this connector 4120.This structural region 4180 is connected on this connector 4120 in one way in order to form a bubble-tight in fact space with these 120 inside, tightness space.This structural region 4180 is enough to keep the hypobaric sealings in this tightness space 120 and operationally is attached on this connector 4120 with a kind of, for example is by activating the effect of this vacuum pump 4130.This structural region 4180 is enough to keep the sealing of the minimum air pressure in this tightness space 120 and operationally is attached on this connector 4120 with a kind of, for example is by activating the effect of this vacuum pump 4130.For example, this structural region 4180 can by a kind of be enough in this tightness space 120, keep be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2Holder air pressure sealing and operationally be attached on this connector 4120, for example be the effect by this vacuum pump 4130.As shown in figure 41, some embodiments can comprise a valve 4135, this valve and this connector 4120 are one and adjacent with the outer wall 105 of this structural region 4180, and wherein this valve 4135 is operationally attached in order to isolate the inside of connector 4120 in the end opposite of this valve 4135 by a kind of orientation.

This equipment 4185 comprises an active region 4100 of being made by heat-resistant material, and this active region 4100 comprises one or more getters 4110.Though what Figure 41-44 described is a single active region 4100, but can have a plurality of active regions in certain embodiments, the getter of identical or different type can be made and can be comprised to these active regions by identical or different heat-resistant materials.In having the embodiment of a plurality of active regions, each zone can operationally be attached on the connector independently.In having the embodiment of a plurality of active regions, attached one or more valve operationally between one or more and the connector that this is associated that can be in these a plurality of active regions.

Term as used herein " heat-resistant material " refers under the temperature of one or more activationary temperatures of the getter 4110 of employed these types in being higher than this equipment 4185 and the condition and keep the material of its structural integrity in these condition.As being at the term " heat-resisting " that uses for the one or more activationary temperatures that are used for these concrete getters 4110 that a given embodiment comprises and air pressure conditions.For example, in certain embodiments, these getters 4110 that are included in this equipment 4185 can comprise zirconium-vanadium-iron getter (referring to U.S. Patent number 4,312,669, ibid, is combined in this by reference).For example, in certain embodiments, the getter 4110 that is included in this equipment 4185 can comprise St707 ^TMGetter wherein has 70% zirconium, 24.6% vanadium and 5.4% iron (for example, can obtain) from the getter technology international corporation (Getter Technologies International Ltd.) of China.Referring to: people such as Gunter, " the getter Zr of non-vaporising ₅₇V ₃₆Fe ₇Microstructure and bulk reaction [Microstructure and bulk reactivity of the nonevaporable getter Zr ₅₇V ₃₆Fe ₇] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Vacuum Science and Technology], A16 rolled up for the 6th phase in 1998 11/12 month, and 3526-3535 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.As at U.S. Patent number 4,312, ibid for 669(, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: by being heated to about 700 degrees centigrade temperature and continuing at least 20 seconds and then this temperature is reduced between about 400 degrees centigrade and about 25 degrees centigrade.Also at U.S. Patent number 4,312, ibid for 669(, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to the temperature that is lower than 450 degrees centigrade (for example about 400 degrees centigrade or between about 250 degrees centigrade and about 350 degrees centigrade) and continue time between 1 minute and 10 minutes, be in simultaneously and have less than 10 ^-2In the environment of the air pressure of holder." heat-resistant material " as used herein, that use with an embodiment who combines by zirconium-vanadium-getter that the iron getter material forms is a kind of heat-resistant material of keeping its structural integrity at least in the time of can continuing 20 seconds under about 700 degrees centigrade temperature of predicting." heat-resistant material " as used herein, that use with an embodiment who combines by zirconium-vanadium-getter that the iron getter material forms will have less than 10 being in ^-2Keeping its structural integrity under the temperature that is lower than 450 degrees centigrade (for example about 400 degrees centigrade or between about 250 degrees centigrade and about 350 degrees centigrade) during the time between lasting 1 minute and 10 minutes in the time of in the environment of air pressure of holder.For example in certain embodiments, these getters 4110 that comprise in this equipment 4185 can comprise the getter by titanium-zirconium-the vanadium getter material forms.Referring to: Matolin and Johanek, " the static SIMS research that TiZrV NEG activates ", and vacuum [Vacuum], 2002 the 67th volumes, 177-184 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference." heat-resistant material " as used herein, that use with an embodiment who combines by titanium-zirconium-getter that the vanadium getter material forms will have about 5x10 in inside ^-11Keep its structural integrity (referring to Matolin and Johanek, ibid, is combined in this by reference) under about 300 degrees centigrade temperature being lower than during the air pressure of mbar.For example, in certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 is made by a kind of heat-resistant material, and this heat-resistant material comprises stainless steel or Stainless Steel Alloy.For example, in certain embodiments, this structural region 4180 is made by a kind of heat-resistant material that comprises titanium alloy.

Various dissimilar getters can be used among the different embodiments.These getters can be made by various getter materials.For example, these getters can be made by the getter material of non-vaporising.The selection of getter for example can be depended on availability, cost, quality, chemical composition, toxicity and the durability of the getter material that adopts among the given embodiment.The selection of these getters can be depended on for example a kind of stable and condition of activation of specific getter material.The getter of some types when under different temperatures and air pressure conditions, continuing different time spans be can activate (referring to, for example, authorize the U.S. Patent number 4 of people such as Boffito " the ternary getter alloy of non-vaporising and be used for absorbing water; the method [Non-evaporable Ternary Gettering Alloy and Method of Use for the Sorption of Water; Water Vapor and Other Gasses] of water vapour and other gases ", 312,669, this document is combined in this by reference), and for this type of getter material, the selection of these materials can be depended on potential temperature, the scope of air pressure conditions and time, or a kind of activationary temperature of concrete getter material, one or more combinations of air pressure conditions and time.In the activation under the specified temp, some getters may need subatmospheric air pressure conditions, for example near the condition of vacuum (for example, Matolin and Johanek, ibid, and U.S. Patent number 4,312,669, ibid, and above-mentioned file is combined in this separately by reference).The selection of getter can be depended on for example a kind of operating temperature of given getter material, for example in ambient temperature (namely, roughly between 20 degrees centigrade and 30 degrees centigrade), in refrigerated storage temperature (that is, roughly between 2 degrees centigrade and 10 degrees centigrade) or in freezing temperature (for example roughly between 0 degree centigrade and-10 degrees centigrade or roughly between-15 degrees centigrade and-25 degrees centigrade).Some embodiments can comprise the getter of single type, for example the getter of being made by identical in fact active getter material.Some embodiments can comprise the polytype getter that is formed by the different getter material of substance.In following file, can find to be suitable for polytype getter of different embodiments of the invention and the more information of getter material: people such as Tripathi, " the absorption of hydrogen ability of this bulk getter of ZrVFe alloy [Hydrogen intake capacity of ZrVFe alloy bulk getters] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1997 the 48th the 12nd phases of volume, the 1023-1025 page or leaf; People such as Benvenuti, " getter film [Nonevaporable getter films for ultrahigh vacuum applications] that is used for the non-vaporising of ultrahigh vacuum application; vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology] ", A16 rolled up for the 1st phase, the 148-154 page or leaf in 1998 1/2 month; People such as Benvenuti, " with the reduction surface exhaust [Decreasing surface outgassing by thin film getter coatings] of the air-breathing coating of film ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1998 the 50th volume 1-2 phases, 57-63 page or leaf; People such as Boffito, " the activable getter material of the low temperature of non-vaporising [A nonevaporable low temperature activatable getter material] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1981 5/6 month the 18th the 3rd phase of volume, the 1117-1120 page or leaf; Della Porta, " gas problem in the vacuum system of sealed isolation and air-breathing [Gas problem and gettering in sealed-off vacuum devices] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1996 the 47th volume 6-8 phases, 771-777 page or leaf; Benvenuti and Chiggiato, " getter with the Zr-V-Fe non-vaporising obtains 10 ^-14Pressure [Obtention of pressures in the10-14toor range by means of a Zr-V-Fe non evaporable getter] in the holder scope ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1993 the 44th volume 5-7 phases, 511-513 page or leaf; People such as Londer " are used for by the movable LH of vacuum insulation ₂The novel high-capacity getter of holding vessel system [New high capacity getter for vacuum insulated mobile LH ₂Storage tank systems] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 2008 the 82nd volumes, 431-434 page or leaf; People such as Li, " design of the suction pump of compact type titanium-vanadium non-vaporising and pump are taken out feature [Design and pumping characteristics of a compact titanium-vanadium non-evaporable getter pump] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A16 rolled up for the 3rd phase, the 1139-1144 page or leaf in 1998 5/6 month; Chiggiato, " getter with non-vaporising produces extreme high vacuum [Production of extreme high vacuum with non evaporable getters] ", physical comment [Physica Scripta], T71 volume in 1997,9-13 page or leaf; Benvenuit and Chiaggiato, " pump of the getter of St707 non-vaporising (Zr70V24.6-Fe5.4wt%) is taken out feature [Pumping characteristics of the St707nonevaporable getter (Zr70V24.6-Fe5.4wt%)] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A14 rolled up for the 6th phase, the 3278-3282 page or leaf in 1996 11/12 month; Day, " active carbon is as the use [The use of active carbons as cryosorbent] of low temperature absorption agent ", colloid and surface A are collected-physical chemistry engineering aspect [Colloids and Surfaces A:Physicochem.Eng.Aspects], 187-188, calendar year 2001, the 187-206 page or leaf; Authorize people's such as Boffito U.S. Patent number 4,312,669, " the ternary getter alloy of non-vaporising and be used for to absorb the method [Non-evaporable Ternary Gettering Alloy and Method of Use for the Sorption of Water, Water Vapor and Other Gasses] of water, water vapour and other gases "; Hobson and Chapman, " extract methane [Pumping of methane by St707at low temperaturesl] out with St707 at low temperatures ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A4 rolled up for the 3rd phase, the 300-302 page or leaf in 1986 5/6 month; And Matolin and Johanek, " the static SIMS that TiZrV NEG is activated studies [Static SIMS study of TiZrV NEG activation] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 2002 the 67th volumes, 177-184 page or leaf; These files are combined in this separately by reference.

Show that as Figure 41 this active region 4100 comprises a plurality of walls that form a tightness inside.The tightness inside of this active region 4100 has surrounded one or more getters 4110.Equally as shown in figure 41, this active region 4100 comprises a tightness inside that has surrounded one or more getters 4110, and wherein the tightness inside of this active region 4100 is opened to the inside of this connector 4120.The tightness inside of active region 4100 is configured for the air pressure of keeping a reduction, as being set up by this vacuum pump 4130.Though do not show among Figure 41, but some embodiments can be included in the valve of this active region 4100 position adjacent places and this connector 4120 one location (for example, valve 4135), this valve is configured for the air pressure in the opposite sides of this valve isolate this connector 4120.

As mentioning at this, this equipment 4185 is configured for the air pressure environment of a reduction in the tightness space 120 of setting up and maintain this structural region 4180.Correspondingly, these one or more getters 4110 can comprise the getter material of non-vaporising.These one or more getters 4110 can comprise zirconium, vanadium and iron.For example, these one or more getters 4110 can comprise 70% zirconium, 24.6% vanadium and 5.4% iron.For example, these one or more getters 4110 can comprise that (for example this getter group of match (SAES Getters Group) that is located at Italian thunder nanotesla city (Lainate) from general headquarters can obtain the St707 getter; Referring to the appended online handbook of downloading on September 22nd, 2011, this document is combined in this by reference).Similarly getter material also is obtainable from other sources, for example Zhong Guo getter technology international corporation (Getter Technologies International Ltd.).

As shown in figure 41, this equipment 4185 comprises a connector 4120, this connector is attached to this structural region 4180 and is attached on this active region 4100, and this connector 4120 comprises that a flexure region 4125 and one are configured for the zone 4127 that this structural region 4180 is sealed and separates with respect to this active region 4100.This connector 4120 can be made by for example stainless steel or Stainless Steel Alloy.This connector 4120 can for example be made by different materials in zones of different (as being fit to this embodiment).Generally, this connector 4120 is to discharge and have enough intensity, durability and stable on heating one or more materials and the method (as further describing hereinafter) that is associated is made for a specific embodiment by have low steam on the surface in this connector 4120.Cost, weight and flexible also may be factor during the material of making this connector 4120 is selected.Referring to for example, Nemanic and Setina, " reduce the research [A study of thermal treatment procedures to reduce hydrogen outgassing rate in thin wall stainless steel cells] of the heat treatment process of the hydrogen deflation rate in the thin-wall stainless steel chamber ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1999 the 53rd volumes, the 277-280 page or leaf; And people such as Koyatsu, " measurement of the deflation rate that copper and copper alloy is indoor [Measurements of outgassing rate from copper and copper alloy chambers] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1996 the 47th volume 6-8 phases, 709-711 page or leaf, these files are combined in this separately by reference.

This connector can comprise being configured for and suppresses gas mobile valve 4135 this connector 4120 in.Some embodiments can comprise more than a valve.As shown in figure 41, valve 4135 can operationally be attached on this connector 4120 in a position between the outer wall 105 of this vacuum pump 4130 and this structural region.This valve 4135 can operationally be attached on this connector 4120 position between this vacuum pump 4130 and zone 4127, and this zone is configured for this structural region 4180 is sealed and separates with respect to this active region 4100.

As shown in figure 41, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 is adjacent with the active region 4100 of this equipment 4185 in certain embodiments.This flexure region 4125 be configured to allow this active region 4100 with respect to this equipment 4185(equally referring to Figure 42-44) remainder change orientation and keep lowpressure in this connector simultaneously, such as this vacuum pump 4130 foundation and keeping.As shown in figure 41, this flexure region 4125 is configured to an arc that approximately forms the right angle, and this has caused this active region 4100 and this structural region 4180 is not linear alignment in the horizontal direction.Shown in Figure 41-44, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 is configured to carry out deflection (describing as the double-headed arrow among Figure 41) along the axis of this connector 4120 in certain embodiments.The change of the configuration of this flexure region 4125 causes the change of the relative orientation of this active region 4100 and this structural region 4180, shown in Figure 41-44.Because by the cooperative action of the configuration of the material of making this flexure region 4125 and this material, this flexure region can be flexible.For example, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 can be made by the stainless steel of bellows configuration.The bellows configuration is to be made and be configured to allow in the flexure region 4125 of connector 4120 to realize flexible by suitable material.For example, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 can by stainless steel make and be configured to corrugated, band is channel, that groove is arranged or flexible with the flexure region 4125 that allows to realize this connector 4120 of shape that ridge is arranged.

As shown in figure 41, this equipment 4185 comprises a vacuum pump 4130 that operationally is attached on this connector 4120.This vacuum pump 4130 has that enough pumps are taken out intensity in order to set up a air pressure less than the air pressure in the environment adjacent with this equipment 4185 in this equipment 4185.In certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 has enough pumps and takes out intensity in order to set up an air pressure that is drained in fact.In certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 has enough pumps and takes out intensity in order to set up one near the air pressure of vacuum.For example in certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 has that enough pumps are taken out intensity and is less than or equal to 1x10 in order to the tightness space 120 in the inside of the inside of the inside of this structural region 4180, this active region 4100 and this connector 4120 is emptied to one ^-2The air pressure of holder.For example in certain embodiments, this vacuum pump 4130 has that enough pumps are taken out intensity and is less than or equal to 5x10 in order to the inside of the inside of the tightness space 120 of these structural region 4180 inside, this active region 4100 and this connector 4120 is emptied to one ^-3Holder, 5x10 ^-4Holder, 5x10 ^-5Holder, 5x10 ^-6Holder or 5x10 ^-7The air pressure of holder.This vacuum pump 4130 can be a rotary blade type vacuum pump.The suitable vacuum pump that is used for some embodiments is made by for example German general vacuum Co., Ltd (Pfeiffer Balzers Company).The suitable vacuum pump that is used for some embodiments by for example Edward's vacuum company (Edwards Vacuum Company, U.S. general headquarters are in the Middlesex, Massachusetts; Whole world general headquarters are in Britain) make.Suitable vacuum pump comprises Pfeiffer Balzers model TSH060 and Edwards model RV12 among some embodiments.

This equipment 4185 comprises a zone 4127 of this connector 4120, and this zone is configured for this structural region 4180 is sealed and separates with respect to this active region 4100.In certain embodiments, this equipment 4185 comprises a zone 4127 of this connector 4120, and this zone is configured for along the length of this connector 4120 and near this structural region 4180 this connector 4120 is sealed and separates.As shown in figure 41, this of this connector 4120 is configured for the zone 4127 that this structural region 4180 is sealed and separates with respect to the remainder of this equipment 4185 and can be arranged in an adjacent zone of outer wall this connector 4120 and this structural region 4180 105.This equipment 4185 comprises a zone 4127 that is configured for sealing and separates of this connector 4120, this zone is configured to allow the tightness space 120 in this structural region 4180 to keep its lowpressure (for example, being less than or equal to the 1x10-2 holder) in the process that this structural region 4180 and the remainder of this equipment 4185 are separated.This zone 4127 that this structural region 4180 is sealed and separates with respect to this active region 4100 that is configured for of this connector 4120 can be one section aluminum pipe for example.Use among a plurality of embodiments of aluminum pipe in this zone 4127 that this structural region 4180 is sealed and separates with respect to this active region 4100 for being configured for of this connector 4120, this aluminum pipe can be that for example diameter is half inch and thick 0.035 inch pipe, for example from (the Aircraft Spruce and Specialty Company of dragon spruce aircraft specialized company, the obtainable model 3003-O of California Ke Luona (Corona, CA)).Comprise among a plurality of embodiments of aluminum pipe in this zone 4127 that this structural region 4180 is sealed and separates with respect to this active region 4100 that is configured for for this connector 4120, this aluminum pipe can for example oneself subside (that is, " tightening ") and these edges use the shrinkage instrument of kneading (pinch and crimp instrument) to be sealed.For example, ultra-sonic welded device can be used to seal and separate these sections of aluminum pipe.

Shown in Figure 41-44 and as be designed and be manufactured at the equipment 4185 described in this correlation technique and allow the getter 4110 that is activated in this equipment 4185, to move through this from this active region 4100 to connect machine 4120 and enter the tightness space 120 in this structural region 4180.When the inner space in the tightness space 120 in this active region 4100, this connector 4120 and this structural region 4180 comprised the air pressure that is lower than in these equipment 4185 surrounding environment, these getters that are activated 4110 were mobile in this equipment 4185.Initiatively during emptyings, these getters that are activated 4110 are movement this equipment 4185 in by this vacuum pump 4130 in the inner space in the tightness space 120 in this active region 4100, this connector 4120 and this structural region 4180.Figure 42-44 shows the other aspect of this equipment 4185.Figure 42-44 has showed other aspects of equipment shown in Figure 41 4185, in particular to design and the manufacturing of this equipment 4185, mobile within the inside of connector 4120 between this active region 4100 and this tightness space 120 in order to allow these getters that are activated 4110.

Figure 42 has described equipment 4185, and wherein the flexure region 4125 of connector 4120 moves to and makes this active region 4100 directly over this structural region 4180.As shown in figure 42, the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 is manufactured and be configured to allow it to bend to straight in fact configuration.As from the combination of Figure 41 and Figure 42 obviously, the flexure region of this connector 4,120 4125 is manufactured and be configured to allow it to bend to the configuration of straight line (as shown in figure 42) in fact from right angle (as shown in figure 41) in fact.This movement is depicted by the double-headed arrow among Figure 42.The flexure region 4125 of the equipment 4185 that Figure 42 describes by this connector 4120 be oriented to make this active region 4100 be arranged in this structural region 4180 directly over to allow these getters 4110A, 4110B, 4110C to fall to passing this connector 4120 and enter this tightness space 120 by gravity (the single head arrow is described).

Figure 42 has also described these getter 4110A, 4110B that are activated, 4110C and has for example passed this connector 4120(from this active region 4100, shown in the single head arrow) motion.For the purpose of showing, these getters 4110 as shown in figure 41 have been given independent identifier A, B and C in Figure 42, yet these independent getter 4110A, 4110B, 4110C are intended to equate with this group getter 4110 shown in Figure 41,43,44 and 45.Be three independent getter 4110A, 4110B, 4110C of elliptical shape basically though show, concrete number and the shape of these getters 4110 will depend on this specific embodiment.As shown in figure 42, equipment 4185 is by being configured to allow these getters 4110A, 4110B, 4110C to make from the material that this active region 4100 moves through this connector 4120.Selected these getters 4110 of specific embodiment should have certain size and shape in order to shift out this active region 4100, pass this connector 4120 and enter in the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180.Getter with circular edge form is fit to this purpose very much, has difform getter but can use in different embodiments.Can utilize the getter that forms particle in certain embodiments, yet the getter that forms particle shape may be bonded in this connector 4120 and be not easy to move in this tightness space 120.Preferably, these getters 4110 all be positioned at this tightness space 120 when these method steps finish.Preferably, in the process of this connector 4120 of sealing, there is not getter 4110 to rest in this connector 4120.For example, this getter material may reduce the integrity in the sealed zone of this connector 4120.

Accordingly, this active region 4100 should be in one way operationally be attached on this connector 4120 in order to hinder these getters 4110 minimumly and shifts out this active region 4100 and enter in the inner region in this connector 4120.Thisly attachedly should provide enough sealings so that the air pressure that allows this vacuum pump 4130 to set up and keep a reduction within the inside of this equipment 4185 (for example, is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2Holder).For example, in the embodiment that this equipment is made of metal, this active region 4100 can be attached on this connector 4120 by soldering point.These soldering points should be enough smooth and minimum degree be attached on the inside of this equipment 4185 in order to minimum obstruction is provided when these getters 4110 pass this connector 4120.Similarly, this structural region 4180 should be in one way operationally be attached on this connector 4120 in order to hinder these getters 4110 minimumly and shifts out the inside of this connector 4120 and enter in the tightness space 120 in this structural region 4180.

This connector 4120(is included within the zone 4125 and 4127 of himself) inside diameter and the inside diameter of any one or a plurality of valve (for example, 4135) opening should be fit to pass between these getters 4110 this tightness space 120 in this active region 4100 and this structural region 4180 the current of this equipment 4185.The size of employed any specific getter 4110 and shape should be less than the inside diameters of employed any one or a plurality of valve in this connector 4120 and this equipment 4185 (for example 4135).That this connector 4120 and the inside that is combined in any one or a plurality of valve in this equipment 4185 (for example 4135) should comprise is minimum, may hinder the surface that these getters 4110 move through this equipment 4185.For example, the inside of this connector 4120 and any one or a plurality of valve (for example 4135) should be smooth in fact, and possibility does not hinder sharp-pointed, the outstanding or rough edge of these getters 4110.For example, the inside of this connector 4120 and any one or a plurality of valve (for example 4135) should be to be substantially free of may suppress these getters 4110 and advance and pass this inner inner member (for example, pillar or carriage).Generally, the inside of this equipment 4185 should be designed and manufactured as, when this active region 4100, connector 4120 and this structural region 4180 by suitably directed (namely, describe as Figure 42) time, allow these getters 4110 directly to move through this connector 4120 from the inside of this active region 4100 and enter in the tightness space 120 this structural region 4180.In certain embodiments, the inside of this equipment 4185 should be designed and be manufactured into, when this active region 4100, connector 4120 and this structural region 4180 are properly positioned (namely, describe as Figure 42) time, allow these getters 4110 directly to move through this connector 4120 from the inside of this active region 4100 and enter in the tightness space 120 this structural region 4180, for example pass through gravity.In certain embodiments, the inside of this equipment 4185 should be designed and be manufactured into, and allows these getters 4110 directly to move through this connector 4120 by mechanical transfer from the inside of this active region 4100 and enters in the tightness space 120 this structural region 4180.

Figure 42 has described to be in the flexure region 4125 of this connector 4120 in the straight basically configuration, and wherein the active region 4100 of this equipment 4185 is positioned in the top of this structural region 4180.This equipment be manufactured into the flexure region 4125 that allows this connector with the relative positioning of this equipment 4185 in movement (as double-headed arrows) between position shown in Figure 41 and the position shown in Figure 42.Figure 42 has described getter 4110A, and its position is for soon falling to passing this connector 4120 by gravity (downward arrow is described) and entering in the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180.Figure 42 has also described to be positioned at this connector 4120 and has just moved through this connector 4120 by gravity and towards the getter 4110B of this structural region 4180.Figure 42 has described to be in the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180 and with the getter 4110C in the tie point between the adjacent connector 4120 of this outer wall 105.

Figure 43 showed be oriented to be similar to equipment 4185(shown in Figure 42, in the latter half referring to method described here).In view shown in Figure 43, the getter 4110 of these activation all is positioned at the tightness space 120 of this structural region 4180.Though Figure 43 is shown as cluster with the getter 4110 of these activation, they also can be distributed in this tightness space 120.In certain embodiments, the getter 4110 of some or all of these activation of a plurality of structural elements restrictions in this tightness space 120 enters in the localized area in this tightness space 120.For example, this tightness space 120 can comprise limit a plurality of internal stent or the pillar that these getters 4110 move in this tightness space 120.For example, this tightness space 120 can comprise being configured for and limits these getters 4110 mobile gauze material in this tightness space 120.

Figure 43 has described this connector 4120 and has comprised a shrinkage zone 4300, and wherein a plurality of opposite face of this connector is brought to and forms air-locked sealing together.This shrinkage zone 4300 is in to be configured for and seals and separate in this zone 4127 of this connector 4120.As shown in figure 43, it is adjacent with the outer wall 105 of this structural region 4180 that this shrinkage zone 4300 can be oriented to, but a segment length 4320 of this connector 4120 is between the surface of this shrinkage zone 4300 and this outer wall 105.One segment length 4310 that between these 4300 and valves 4135 in shrinkage zone, may have equally as shown in figure 43, connector 4120.Shown in the double-headed arrow of Figure 43, after this shrinkage zone 4300 forms, this structural region 4180 and the remainder of this equipment 4185 are separated.For this structural region 4180 and the remainder of this equipment 4185 are separated, the air pressure of the reduction in keeping this tightness space 120 (for example, is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2Holder) time this connector 4120 is separated in this shrinkage location.In certain embodiments, with the separating side by side of sealing station place, can in this connector 4120, form a kind of air-locked sealing basically.For example, this connector 4120 can seal and separates with a kind of ultrasonic welding device.

Figure 44 shows and is oriented to be similar to equipment 4185(shown in Figure 43, in the latter half referring to method described here).In Figure 44, the getter 4110 of these activation all is positioned at this tightness space 120.Referring to Figure 44, this connector 4120 is separated at these 4300 places, shrinkage zone equally.This connector 4120 is separated (double-headed arrow) at separately cause this structural region 4180 and the remainder of this equipment 4185 at these 4300 places, shrinkage zone.Figure 44 also shows the lip-deep sealing compound 4400 that is applied in the shrinkage zone 4300 adjacent with this structural region 4180.Sealing agent 4400 is through the location and apply in order to guarantee the shrinkage zone 4300 adjacent with this structural region 4180 and keep its structural integrity and do not comprise and enter any hole or space in this tightness space 120 with permitting gas from the external environment condition of this outer wall 105.If involved in certain embodiments of sealing agent 4400() adhere on the surface in this separated shrinkage zone 4300, thus form a kind of tightness closely in the inside of the connector length 4310 adjacent with outer wall 105.For example, the sealing agent can comprise epoxide resin material.

Figure 45 has showed a kind of optional approach of these metal system parts of this equipment of preparation before this equipment of assembling.For the air pressure that reduces in fact of setting up and keeping in this equipment (for example, is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2Holder), the metal surface of these parts of this equipment can randomly be cleaned and prepare in order to will be minimized from the exhaust of the surface contaminant on these metal surfaces.As an example, Figure 45 has described a kind of flow chart of method, and this method can be used for the metal system parts (as the described herein) that some embodiments come this equipment of preparation before the assembling of this equipment.Also referring to Y.T.Sasaki, " investigation of vacuum material cleaning course: sub-committee's report of U.S. vacuum association suggestion criterion ATSC Advanced Television Systems Committee " [A survey of vacuum material cleaning procedures:A subcommittee report of the American Vacuum Society Recommended Practices Committee], vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [Journal of Vacuum Science﹠amp; Technology A:Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films], May the 9th in 1991 rolled up, and 2025 pages, this document is combined in this by reference.

Figure 45 has showed the flow chart that prepared the method for metal system parts before assembling 4500 these equipment.Frame 4510 has been described to come cleaning member with denatured alcohol.This step can reduce lip-deep grease, oil and the similar contaminant of these parts.This flow process also comprises optional frame 4520, has showed these parts are carried out machine glazed finish.Referring to people such as for example Kato, " under the situation of baked test chamber not, realize 10 ^-10Extreme high vacuum on the Pa magnitude [Achievement of extreme high vacuum in the order of10 ^-10Pa without baking of test chamber] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 5/6 month nineteen ninety, A8 rolled up for the 3rd phase, and 2860-2864 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.For example at these parts under the smooth enough situation, this step can be omitted.Referring to: S.Okamura, " [Outgassing measurement of finely polished stainless steel] measured in the stainless exhaust after the meticulous polishing ", vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [Journal of Vacuum Science﹠amp; Technology A:Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films], July the 9th in 1991 was rolled up the 2405th page; People such as M.Suemitsu, " with the aluminum alloy surface after the bright finishing of ultrahigh vacuum compatibility: the observation of relevant deflation rate with surface roughness [Ultrahigh-vacuum compatible mirror-polished aluminum-alloy surface:Observation of surface-roughness-correlated outgassing rates] ", vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [Journal of Vacuum Science﹠amp; Technology A:Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films], 1992 the 10th volumes, 570-572 page or leaf; People such as M.Suemitsu, " formation of the extreme high vacuum of the Al alloy chamber after the bright finishing [Development of extremely high vacuums with mirror-polished AL-alloy chambers] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1993 the 44th volume 5-7 phases, the 425-428 page or leaf; H.F.Dylla, " exhaust of stainless steel and aluminium and the coherence of different surface treatment [Correlation of outgassing of stainless steel and aluminum with various surface treatments] ", vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [Journal of Vacuum Science﹠amp; Technology A:Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films], September the 11st in 1993 was rolled up the 2623rd page; People such as Mohri, " to the study of surfaces [Surface study of Type6063aluminum alloys for vacuum chamber materials] of the 6063 type aluminum alloys that are used for the vacuum chamber material ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1984 the 34th the 6th phases of volume, 643-647 page or leaf; And Y.T.Sasaki, " SS304 ∕ 316 hydrogen exhausts are reduced to 2 * 10[sup-15] torr l ∕ cm[sup2] s[Reducing SS304 ∕ 316hydrogen outgassing to2 * 10[sup-15] torr l ∕ cm[sup2] ", Journal of Vacuum Science﹠amp; Technology A:Vacuum, Surfac], vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [Journal of Vacuum Science﹠amp; Technology A:Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films], 2007 the 25th volumes, the 1309th page; These files all are combined in this by reference.If these parts are carried out machine glazed finish, then they can clean other a period of time (Figure 45 is not shown) with denatured alcohol subsequently.

Frame 4530 has been showed with washing agent and water these parts has been washed.The detergent washing step can reduce the existence of trickle pollutant (for example hydrocarbon ils and solvent), and these pollutants may promote the undesirable exhaust in this off-the-shelf hardware.Referring to: R.Elsey, " exhaust of vacuum material-II[Outgassing of vacuum materials-II] ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 25th phase in 1975,347-361 page or leaf, this document are combined in this by reference.As an example, can be with hand with dishwasher detergent (namely, high level power supply detergent at dawn [Dawn Advanced Power Dish Soap] is made by P﹠G (Procter Company)) hand-wash these assemblies with warm tap water and the soft sponge of standard.As another example, can use washing agent

Clean these parts (can obtain from the dust gram nox company (Alconox Inc., White Plains NY) in New York White Plains city) with tap water.Optional frame 4540 has been described to wash these washed parts with deionized water (DI water).Optional block 4550 showed with the dehumidifying after nitrogen or comparable inert gas these parts are dried up.This step can reduce the sightless water molecule that is attached on these parts surfaces.Referring to for example, A.Berman, " water vapour in the vacuum system [Water vapor in vacuum systems] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1996 the 47th the 4th phases of volume, 327-332 page or leaf; People such as J.-R.Chen, " the stainless exhaust behavior of A6063-EX aluminum alloy and SUS304 [Outgassing behavior of A6063-EX aluminum alloy and SUS304stainless steel] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A5 rolled up for the 6th phase, the 3422-3424 page or leaf in 1987 11/12 month; People such as Y.C.Liu, " to the thermal exhaust research [Thermal outgassing study on aluminum surfaces] on aluminium surface ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1993 the 44th volume 5-7 phases, 435-437 page or leaf; Chen and Liu, " the deflation rate contrast [A comparison of outgassing rate of304stainless steel and A6063-EX aluminum alloy vacuum chamber after filling with water] after being filled with water of 304 stainless steels and A6063-EX aluminum alloy vacuum chamber ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A5 rolled up for the 2nd phase, the 262-264 page or leaf in 1987 3/4 month; People such as Ishimaru, " take out the low ultralow vacuum system of type aluminium [Fast pump-down aluminum ultrahigh vacuum system] fast ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A10 rolled up for the 3rd phase, the 547-552 page or leaf in 1992 5/6 month; People such as Miki, " be exceedingly fast in the aluminium ultra-high vacuum system and take out the feature [Characteristics of extremely fast pump-down process in an aluminum ultrahigh vacuum system] of low process ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A12 rolled up for the 4th phase, the 1760-1766 page or leaf in 1994 7/8 month; And people such as Chen, " the aluminium surface in the vacuum system: the exhaust behavior of water [Outgassing behavior on aluminum surfaces:water in vacuum systems] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A12 rolled up for the 4th phase, the 1750-1754 page or leaf in 1994 7/8 month; These files are combined in this separately by reference.In certain embodiments, can comprise with dissimilar gas and handling.Referring to: people such as Tatenuma, " obtain net freeboard vacuum [Quick acquisition of clean ultrahigh vacuum by chemical process technology] fast by the chemical method technology ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A11 rolled up for the 4th phase, the 1719-1724 page or leaf in 1993 7/8 month; People such as Tatenuma, " use chemical treatment to obtain net freeboard vacuum [Acquisition of clean ultrahigh vacuum using chemical treatment] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A16 rolled up for the 4th phase, the 2693-2697 page or leaf in 1998 7/8 month; And L.C.Beavis, " interaction of hydrogen and 304 type stainless steel surfaces [Interaction of hydrogen with the surface of type304stainless steel] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1973 3/4 month the 10th the 2nd phase of volume, the 386-390 page or leaf; These files are combined in this by reference.Frame 560 has been described these parts of baking under vacuum condition.Referring to for example: H.Ishimaru, " take out low type aluminium ultra-high vacuum system [Fast pump-down aluminum ultrahigh vacuum system] fast ", vacuum science and technology journal A collect: vacuum, surface and film [Journal of Vacuum Science﹠amp; Technology A:Vacuum, Surfaces, and Films], May the 10th in 1992 rolled up, and the 547th page, this document is combined in this by reference.

The verified parts of drying under vacuum condition are useful for the exhaust that reduces some materials (for example to aluminium or parts of stainless steel) generation.Referring to: J.Young, " through the exhaust feature [Outgassing Characteristics of Stainless Steel and Aluminum with Different Surface Treatments] of stainless steel and the aluminium of different surface treatment ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1969; Odaka and Ueda, " 304 type stainless steels in air before and after the surface oxidising its deflation rate for the dependence [Dependence of outgassing rate on surface oxide layer thickness in type304stainless steel before and after surface oxidation in air] of oxide on surface layer thickness ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1996 the 47th volume 6-8 phases, the 689-692 page or leaf; People such as Odaka, " roasting temperature and air exposure are for the influence [Effect of baking temperature and air exposure on the outgassing rate of type316L stainless steel] of the stainless deflation rate of 316L type ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A5 rolled up for the 5th phase, the 2902-2906 page or leaf in 1987 9/10 month; Zajec and Nemanic, " the hydrogen bulk state relevant with the hydrogen release dynamics and the heavily distribution phenomenon [Hydrogen bulk states in stainless-steel related to hydrogen release kinetics and associated redistribution phenomena] that is associated in the stainless steel ", vacuum [Vacuum], calendar year 2001 the 61st is rolled up the 447-452 page or leaf; People such as Bernardini, " air is dried in order to reduce the hydrogen exhaust [Air bake-out to reduce hydrogen outgassing from stainless steel] in the stainless steel ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A16 rolled up for the 1st phase, the 188-193 page or leaf in 1998 1/2 month; People such as Nemanic, " unusual [from300to1000 ℃ of the Anomalies in kinetics of hydrogen evolution from austenitic stainless steel] of the hydrogen release dynamics from 300 ℃ to 1000 ℃ Austenitic Stainless Steel ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 1/2 month calendar year 2001, A19 rolled up for the 1st phase, the 215-222 page or leaf; Nemanic and Bogataj, " exhaust of thin-wall stainless steel chamber [Outgassing of thin wall stainless steel chamber] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1998 the 50th volume 3-4 phases, 431-437 page or leaf; People such as Cho, " create extreme high vacuum with the turbo-molecular pumping system: baking method [Creation of extreme high vacuum with a turbomolecular pumping system:a baking approach] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], 7/8 month nineteen ninety-five, A13 rolled up for the 4th phase, the 2228-2232 page or leaf; And Y.Ishikawa and K.Odaka, " reduce exhaust [Reduction of outgassing from stainless surfaces by surface oxidation] from stainless steel surfaces by surface oxidising ", vacuum [Vacuum], nineteen ninety the 41st is rolled up the 1995-1997 page or leaf; These files are combined in this by reference.For example, parts of stainless steel can be had about 1x10 ^-2Toasted 30 hours in 250 degrees centigrade in the chamber of the gas pressure of holder.As another example, the parts of aluminium part or composite material can be had about 1x10 ^-2Toasted 60-70 hour in 150 degrees centigrade in the chamber of the gas pressure of holder.Also referring to people such as Chen, " aluminium vacuum chamber [An aluminum vacuum chamber for the bending magnet of the SRRC synchrotron light source] that is used for the bending magnet of SRRC synchrotron light source ", vacuum [Vacuum], the 41st volume 7-9 phase of nineteen ninety, the 2079-2081 page or leaf; People such as Burns, " exhaust system test of the nonmetallic material relevant with the receptance optical surface in the space environment [Outgassing test for non-metallic materials associated with sensitive optical surfaces in a space environment] ", George C MarsHall Space Flight Center, material and technological experiment chamber [Materials and Processes Laboaratory, George C.Marshall Space Flight Center], 1987; And people such as Chen, " thermal exhaust of aluminum alloy vacuum chamber [Thermal outgassing from aluminum alloy vacuum chambers] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A3 rolled up for the 6th phase, the 2188-2191 page or leaf in 1985 11/12 month; These files are combined in this separately by reference.Additionally or alternati, verified in the presence of inert gas baking components be useful for the exhaust that reduces some materials.In certain embodiments, as near the substituting of the gas pressure condition of vacuum, these parts toast under the existence of inert gas (for example, nitrogen).

In cleaning and after being ready to these parts, assemble these parts of this equipment.Can carry out the helium leak test to guarantee to seal and/or tie point is enough to keep the air pressure conditions of the reduction within this device interior.In addition, the nitrogen with dehydration purges this equipment in to the checking process of final assembly.Referring to: people such as K.Yamazaki, " high speed pump is evacuated to UHV[High-speed pumping to UHV] ", vacuum [Vacuum], December the 84th in 2009 was rolled up the 756-759 page or leaf; And people such as Chun, " the deflation rate feature of stainless steel extreme high vacuum system [outgassing rate characteristic of a stainless-steel extreme high vacuum system] ", vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology], A14 rolled up for the 4th phase in 1996 7/8 month, the 2636-2640 page or leaf; Above-mentioned file is combined in this by reference.

Figure 46 has showed the flow chart of a kind of method of the equipment that utilizes as describe in this (as more than).Figure 46 has described a kind of method 4600, and this method comprises as frame 4610,4620,4630,4640 and 4650 steps of describing.Frame 4610 showed in a tightness equipment and set up vacuum, structural region that this equipment comprises at least one active region of being made by heat-resistant material, made by heat sensitive material and a connector between these zones." vacuum " as used herein refers to the air pressure in the space of substantially emptying." vacuum " as used herein refers to the lowpressure for the air pressure in the environment of this device external.Vacuum in various degree may be applicable in the different enforcement.For example, " vacuum " as used herein refers to and can have less than 1x10 ^-2Holder is (for example less than 5x10 ^-3The holder, less than 5x10 ^-4The holder, less than 5x10 ^-5The holder, less than 5x10 ^-6The holder or less than 5x10 ^-7The space of the emptying in fact of gas pressure holder).Depend on specific embodiment, comprise for example factors such as durability, cost, parts, manufacturing, structure and expectation usage time interval, what may wish is different air pressure.Can be within the inside of this at least one active region of this tightness equipment, set up vacuum within the inside of this at least one structural region and within the inside of this connector.Can set up vacuum by using a vacuum pump that may be operably coupled on this tightness equipment.The suitable vacuum pump that is used for some embodiments is made by for example German general vacuum Co., Ltd (Pfeiffer Balzers Company).The suitable vacuum pump that is used for some embodiments be by for example Edward's vacuum company (Edwards Vacuum Company, U.S. general headquarters are in the Middlesex, Massachusetts; Whole world general headquarters are in Britain) make.Suitable vacuum pump comprises Pfeiffer Balzers model TSH060 and Edwards model RV12 among some embodiments.Also referring to Ishimaru and Hismatsu, " have 10 ^-12The turbomolecular pump [Turbomolecular pump with an ultimate pressure of10-12Torr] of the extreme pressure of holder "; vacuum science and technology journal [Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology]; A12 rolled up for the 4th phase in 1994 7/8 month, the 1695-1698 page or leaf; And people such as Jhun, " use cryopump and aluminium matter pad to realize extreme high vacuum [chievement of extremely high vacuum using a cryopump and conflate aluminum gaskets] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1992 the 43rd the 4th phases of volume, the 309-311 page or leaf, above-mentioned file is combined in this by reference.

In certain embodiments, when setting up vacuum, heat these equipments unit and can reduce and set up the needed time of vacuum, for example the evaporation rate by trace water on the surface that increases this device interior.In order to heat these equipments unit when setting up vacuum, this equipment can be placed in the baking oven with suitable size and operational condition.Additionally or alternati, in order to heat these equipments unit when setting up vacuum, the outer surface of this equipment can be placed on the hot plate with the base of heating tape winding and this equipment.The heating tape that is applicable to some embodiments comprises the heating tape of for example insulation and can comprise the heating tape of the glass fibre severe insulation model AIH-0510100 of (for example from HTS/ Ametek, Inc. (HTS/Amptek Corporation, Stafford Texas) of Texas Stafford).For example, can heat this tightness equipment by the increment of temperature, to guarantee uniform heating, to stay the time in order to monitor this equipment, allow to keep this inner lowpressure and guarantee that this equipment is not overheated.As an example, in this tightness equipment, set up in the process of vacuum, this equipment can be heated to about 130-150 degree centigrade with about 50 increments of spending.As an example, in this tightness equipment, set up in the process of vacuum, this equipment can be heated to about 180-220 degree centigrade with about 20 increments of spending.Depend on embodiment, setting up vacuum may need several days, even the heating of these equipments unit is helped to reduce when required.For example, set up vacuum may need 5-7 days time, from vacuum pump with heat the continuous action of these equipments unit.After suitable cleaning and other are prepared, expected and will be increased to reaching a given embodiment's the needed time of suitable lowpressure from the exhaust of the volatile material of the internal surface of this tightness equipment.For example, heat this tightness equipment and will increase exhaust from the material of the internal surface of this tightness equipment.Demonstrated the reading that is being suitable in this scope of embodiments (for example less than 1x10 when operationally being attached to a gas manometer on this equipment ^-2The holder, less than 5x10 ^-3The holder, less than 5x10 ^-4The holder, less than 5x10 ^-5The holder, less than 5x10 ^-6The holder or less than 5x10 ^-7Holder) time, set up suitable air pressure at this device interior.

Method flow as shown in figure 46 also comprises frame 4620, show this at least one active region is heated to the one section activationary time that is fit to the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region are activated and continues to be fit to, keep the vacuum of having set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously.As mentioned above, the activationary temperature of a specific embodiment depends on these concrete getters that comprise in the embodiment.The heating of active region comprised these getters in this active region are heated to a suitable temperature.The getter that is suitable for some embodiments comprises zirconium-vanadium-iron getter, and as at U.S. Patent number 4,312, ibid for 669(, is combined in this by reference).As at U.S. Patent number 4,312, ibid for 669(, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to about 700 degrees centigrade temperature and continued at least 20 seconds and then this temperature is reduced between about 400 degrees centigrade and about 25 degrees centigrade.Also at U.S. Patent number 4,312, ibid for 669(, be combined in this by reference) in notice, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to the temperature that is lower than 450 degrees centigrade (for example about 400 degrees centigrade or between about 250 degrees centigrade and about 350 degrees centigrade) and continue time between 1 minute and 10 minutes, be in simultaneously and have less than 10 ^-2In the environment of the air pressure of holder.In certain embodiments, this active region can be heated to about 400 degrees centigrade temperature and continue at least 45 minutes.In certain embodiments, this active region can be heated by about 50 degrees centigrade interval.

This at least one active region is heated to is suitable for the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region are activated and continues the one section activationary time that is fit to and the vacuum of keeping simultaneously in this tightness equipment of having set up can comprise: the remainder that when vacuum pump on being attached to this equipment is just moving this active region is independent of this equipment heats.For example, can heat this active region with a thermal source of this device external.In certain embodiments, in order to heat this active region, this active region (remainder of getting rid of this equipment) can be placed in the baking oven with suitable size, shape and characteristic.In certain embodiments, in order to heat this active region, the outer surface of this active region can twine with the heating tape.The heating tape that is applicable to some embodiments comprises the heating tape of for example insulation and can comprise the heating tape of the glass fibre severe insulation model AIH-0510100 of (for example from HTS/ Ametek, Inc. (HTS/Amptek Corporation, Stafford Texas) of Texas Stafford).Heating this active region can comprise with one and contact with this active region direct heat but do not heat with the thermal source that the connector direct heat contacts with this structural region of this tightness equipment.For example, if use the heating tape, then the particular section of heating tape can be wrapped in the external surface peripheral of this active region and set a temperature of any desired temperature of the remainder that is higher than this equipment for.

The method flow of describing as Figure 46 also comprises frame 4630, has showed to allow this at least one active region and these getters to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material.This active region can run off by radiation heat and be cooled.For example, using heating to bring among a plurality of embodiments of the outer surface that heats this active region, can remove this heating tape and allow this this active region cooling by the thermal radiation to external environment condition.In certain embodiments, can allow this active region to be cooled to a specific temperature or temperature range, for example about 100 degrees centigrade, about 150 degrees centigrade, about 200 degrees centigrade, about 250 degrees centigrade, about 300 degrees centigrade or about 350 degrees centigrade.

As shown in figure 46, this method flow also comprises frame 4640, described that these one or more getters through cooling are passed this connector from this at least one active region through cooling and be transferred to this structural region, kept the vacuum of having set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously.For example, these getters through cooling can shift this tightness equipment that passes that is transferred by gravitation, for example redirect and allow these getters to move through this equipment (referring to Figure 41-44 and above-mentioned related text) by the gravity effect by the relative position to this active region and this structural region.For example, these getters through cooling can be transferred this equipment that passes by mechanical transfer, for example shift these inner trowels through the getter of cooling, shovel, ladle or fork by being configured in this tightness equipment.

The flow process of describing as Figure 46 also comprises frame 4650, has showed with the connector between these zones separately, keeps the vacuum in this structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously.For example, by making connector generation shrinkage setting up bubble-tight sealing and in this shrinkage location this connector to be divided into two parts, can separate this connector with a surperficial adjacent location of the outer wall of this structural region.Can use a ultra-sonic welded device with the connector between these zones separately, keep the vacuum in this structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously.Can use a special shrinkage device with the connector between these zones separately, keep the vacuum in this structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously.

Figure 47 has showed other aspects of the method for showing in the flow process of Figure 46.Figure 47 shows frame 4610, this frame showed in a tightness equipment and set up vacuum, structural region that this equipment comprises at least one active region of being made by heat-resistant material, made by heat sensitive material and a connector between these zones.Optional frame 4700,4710 and 4720 is showed a plurality of optional aspect of this method.Frame 4700 has been showed within the inside of this at least one active region of this tightness equipment, set up vacuum within the inside of this at least one structural region and within the inside of this connector.For example, can set up vacuum by using vacuum pump and a method described here that may be operably coupled on this equipment.In certain embodiments, heat this equipment extraly and can reduce in this tightness equipment and set up the needed time of vacuum, structural region that this equipment comprises at least one active region of being made by heat-resistant material, made by heat sensitive material and a connector between these zones.Frame 4710 has been described the vacuum pump that uses one to may be operably coupled on this tightness equipment.For example, some embodiments can adopt a rotary blade type vacuum pump.The suitable vacuum pump that is used for some embodiments is made by for example German general vacuum Co., Ltd (Pfeiffer Balzers Company).The suitable vacuum pump that is used for some embodiments be by for example Edward's vacuum company (Edwards Vacuum Company, U.S. general headquarters are in the Middlesex, Massachusetts; Whole world general headquarters are in Britain) make.Suitable vacuum pump comprises Pfeiffer Balzers model TSH060 and Edwards model RV12 among some embodiments.Fig. 7 comprises frame 4720, and this frame has been described to set up in a tightness equipment and has been less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2Structural region that the air pressure of holder, this tightness equipment comprises at least one active region of being made by heat-resistant material, made by heat sensitive material and a connector between these zones.In certain embodiments, the air pressure of setting up in this tightness equipment that comprises at least one active region of being made by heat-resistant material, structural region being made by heat sensitive material and a connector between these zones can be less than 5x10 ^-3The holder, less than 5x10 ^-4The holder, less than 5x10 ^-5The holder, less than 5x10 ^-6The holder or less than 5x10 ^-7Holder.

Figure 48 has showed other aspects of the method flow that Figure 47 describes.Flow chart element 4620 has been described this at least one active region is heated to the one section activationary time that is suitable for the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region are activated and continues to be fit to, and keeps the vacuum of having set up in this equipment simultaneously.Flow chart element 4620 can comprise the one or more of a plurality of optional block 4800 and 4810.Frame 4800 has been described this active region is heated to about 400 degrees centigrade temperature and continues at least 45 minutes.When the given condition of a specific embodiment (for example air pressure in the size of these getters, shape and position and this active region), this active region should be heated to be enough to activate the temperature of the getter of this particular type in this active region and continue for some time.As the described herein, the activationary temperature of the getter of employed particular type and activation condition (for example time and air pressure) are to determine the heating-up temperature of this active region and the basis of time in specific embodiment.Frame 4810 has showed that a thermal source with this device external heats this active region.For example, the remainder of this equipment is foreclosed, can only this active region be placed in the baking oven with suitable size, shape and operating parameter.For example, the outer surface of this active region can heat with a heating tape, and this heating tape is wrapped in around the active region of this equipment.The heating tape that is applicable to some embodiments comprises the heating tape of for example insulation and can comprise the heating tape of the glass fibre severe insulation model AIH-0510100 of (for example from HTS/ Ametek, Inc. (HTS/Amptek Corporation, Stafford Texas) of Texas Stafford).Heating this active region can comprise with one and contact with this active region direct heat and do not heat with the thermal source that the connector direct heat contacts with the structural region of this tightness equipment.

Figure 49 has showed other aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Flow chart element 4620 has been described this at least one active region is heated to the one section activationary time that is suitable for the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region are activated and continues to be fit to, and keeps the vacuum of having set up in this equipment simultaneously.Flow chart element 4620 can comprise one or more in a plurality of optional block 4900 and 4910.Frame 4900 has been described to contact with this active region direct heat and do not heat this active region with the thermal source that the structural region of this tightness equipment contacts with the connector direct heat with one.For example, the heating tape can be wrapped in the external surface peripheral of this active region and other zones of not twining this equipment, and this heating tape is independent of any other control and in check specifically.Frame 4910 has been showed with about 50 degrees centigrade interval and has been heated this at least one active region.For example, if this at least one active region is at first under about 25 degrees centigrade temperature, then this at least one active region can be heated to about 75 degrees centigrade, then to 125 degrees centigrade, then to 175 degrees centigrade, by that analogy, up to the activationary temperature that reaches final hope.

Figure 50 has described the many aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Frame 4630 shows and allows this at least one active region and these getters to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material.Flow chart element 4630 can comprise one or more in optional block 5000 and 5010.Frame 5000 has showed that this at least one active region of permission is cooled to ambient temperature by the radiation heat loss.For example, any heating tape can be cut off, allows its cooling and follow from the outer surface of active region to remove.Then allow this active region to be cooled to a predetermined temperature or ambient temperature by the radiation heat loss.Frame 5010 has described to allow this at least one active region to be cooled to about 250 degrees centigrade.For example, about 250 degrees centigrade can be a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of a kind of heat sensitive material (for example aluminium).

Figure 51 shows the many aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Frame 4640 shows these one or more getters through cooling is passed this connector and are transferred to this structural region from this at least one active region through cooling, keeps the vacuum of having set up in this equipment simultaneously.Frame 4640 can comprise one or more in optional block 5100 and 5110.Frame 5100 has been described this connector bending to move to this at least one structural region in order to allow these one or more getters through cooling to pass this connector from this at least one active region through cooling.For example, this method can comprise the flexure region bending with this connector, in order to this active region is placed a position that is arranged in this structural region top in fact, falls to this structural region thereby allow these getters to pass this connector by gravity from this active region.In this getter transfer process this vacuum pump can be work in order to keep the vacuum of having set up in this equipment.Frame 5110 has been showed this connector crooked in order to change this at least one active region through cooling off with respect to the relative positioning of this at least one structural region about this connector.For example, this method can comprise this connector crooked in order to change this at least one active region with respect to the relative position of this structural region.

Figure 52 has described the many aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Frame 4640 shows these one or more getters through cooling is passed this connector and are transferred to this structural region from this at least one active region through cooling, keeps the vacuum of having set up in this equipment simultaneously.Frame 4640 can comprise optional frame 5200.Frame 5200 shows these one or more getters through cooling is transferred in the inwall of this structural region and the tightness space between the outer wall.For example, this active region can be positioned such that this connector be in one basically in the configuration of straight line and be oriented to make this active region be attached to this opening on this connector roughly be positioned at operationally be attached to an opening on this connector, that lead to this tightness space directly over.Frame 650 shows with the connector between these zones separately, keeps the vacuum in this structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously.For example, this connector can and separate in a location generation shrinkage adjacent with the outer surface of this structural region.Frame 4650 can comprise optional frame 5210.Frame 5210 has been described to seal this connector in a position adjacent with this structural region.For example, shown in Figure 41-44, this connector can comprise and is configured for the zone that this structural region is sealed and separates in a position adjacent with this structural region with respect to this active region.Be configured for this zone that this structural region is sealed and separates with respect to this active region and do not need just in time outer surface near this structural region; Shown in Figure 41-44, the outer surface of this structural region and carry out the sealing of this connector and the position of separating between can have a sections of this connector.

Figure 53 shows the many aspects of the method flow that Figure 46 shows.Frame 4650 shows with the connector between these zones separately, keeps the vacuum in this structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously.For example, this connector can weld together and releasing connection then with ultrasonic welding device.Frame 4650 can comprise optional frame 5300.Frame 5300 has been described this connector is carried out shrinkage and disconnects this connector in this shrinkage position.For example, can use a ultra-sonic welded device that the opposing face of this connector is welded together and then disconnect this connector at this soldering point place.For example, can use to be specifically designed to this connector to be collapsed to be enough to form a kind of shrinkage device of air-locked sealing, and then disconnect this connector in the sealing position.Shown in Figure 53, this method flow can also comprise optional frame 5310.Frame 5310 has been described sealing material to be added into and to comprise that this is on this adjacent connector surface that has separated of this structural region of one or more getters of cooling.Sealing material (for example epoxide resin material) the connector surface that this has separated be can be added into, shrinkage or welding position for example covered.Equally referring to Figure 44 and related text.

Figure 54 has described the many aspects of method flow shown in Figure 46.Figure 54 has showed that this flow process can comprise one or more in optional block 5400 and 5410.Can comprise frame 5410 in the frame 5400.Frame 5400 shows to be set up after the vacuum in this structural region and before this active region of heating, this structural region is heated to one presets temperature and continue one period predetermined time.For example, this structural region can be heated to about 150 degrees centigrade in order to promote the foundation of the lasting vacuum in this equipment.For example, can bring this structural region of heating with the heating on the outer surface that is placed on this structural region.For example, this structural region can be placed on the heating plate.Frame 5410 has been described with about 50 degrees centigrade interval this structural region to be heated to this preset temperature.For example, if under about 25 degrees centigrade ambient temperature, begin, then this structural region can be heated to about 75 degrees centigrade, then to 125 degrees centigrade, then to 175 degrees centigrade, then to 225 degrees centigrade, by that analogy, up to reaching temperature desired.Keep one period given time period under any one or all temperature that this heating sequence can be in this series of temperature, for example continue 10 minutes, 1 hour, 5 hours or 1 day.

Figure 55 has showed the many aspects of method flow shown in Figure 46.Figure 55 has showed that this flow process can comprise optional frame 5500.Frame 5500 has been described before one or more getters of cooling this structural region to be heated to a preset temperature shifting this, and keeps this to preset temperature and this connector separately simultaneously.For example, can be placed on through this structural region before one or more getters of cooling and be heated on the hot plate that presets temperature shifting this, and this structural region is maintained on this hot plate that is set at constant temperature in the process that shifts these getters.For example, this structural region can and be heated to a preset temperature with the heating tape winding before these getters shift, and keeps this temperature in transfer process.For example, this structural region can be heated to a predetermined temperature between about 125 degrees centigrade and about 175 degrees centigrade, and keeps this temperature in this getter transfer process.For example, this structural region can be heated to a predetermined temperature between about 175 degrees centigrade and about 225 degrees centigrade, and keeps this temperature in this getter transfer process.For example, this structural region can be heated to a predetermined temperature between about 200 degrees centigrade and about 250 degrees centigrade, and keeps this temperature in this getter transfer process.

Figure 56 has showed a kind of flow process of method.The frame 5600 of this flow process shows that this method comprises sets up and keep vacuum in the storage device.Comprise 5610,5620,5630,5640,5650,5660,5670,5680 and 5690 in the frame 5600.Frame 5610 has been showed these parts of assembling a storage device, and these parts comprise an outer wall and inwall that defines a tightness space in fact.Frame 5620 has been described this storage device is attached on the equipment, and this equipment comprises that a getter active region containing one or more getters, vacuum pump and one may be operably coupled to connector on this equipment with this storage device.Frame 5630 shows and activates this vacuum pump in order to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device.Frame 5640 has showed that this storage device is heated to a predetermined temperature also continues one period scheduled time.Frame 5650 shows this getter active region and this one or more getters is heated to an activationary temperature that is suitable for activating the one or more getters in this getter active region and continues one section suitable activationary time, maintains the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.Frame 5660 has showed that this getter active region of permission and this one or more getters are cooled to a predetermined temperature.Frame 5670 shows and makes this connector carry out deflection in order to this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a kind of relative position, and this getter active region is positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line basically in this relative position.Frame 5680 has been described to allow during these getters fall to tightness space in this storage device along this connector inside, keeps the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.Frame 5690 show near this storage device the position with this connector separately, keep the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.

Frame 5620 has been described this storage device is attached on the equipment, and this equipment comprises that a getter active region containing one or more getters, vacuum pump and one may be operably coupled to connector on this equipment with this storage device.For example, this device through assembling can be attached on the equipment so that a kind of equipment of formation shown in Figure 41-44 by a kind of air-locked in fact connection.Shown in Figure 41-44, the inside of this equipment is included in a tightness space in the tightness space of this getter active region, this connector and this storage device.Tightness space in this storage device can be connected on the equipment by a passage (for example with one or more pipelines of 4175 that are expressed as in Figure 63).

Figure 57 has showed the many aspects of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Figure 57 shows, can comprise optional frame 5700 in the frame 5610.Frame 5610 has been showed these parts of assembling a storage device, and these parts comprise an outer wall and inwall that defines a tightness space in fact.For example, these parts of a storage device can be assembled into a device as shown in Figure 41-44 and Figure 63.Shown in Figure 57, can comprise optional frame 5700 in the frame 5610.Frame 5700 has been described these parts of this storage device are assembled in order to form a tightness space in this storage device.For example, in assembled components, can there be tie point, soldering point or Sealing at these and create a kind of gas tight seal in order to center on the periphery in the tightness space in this storage device.

Figure 57 shows the other aspect of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Figure 17 has showed in the frame 5630 can comprise optional frame 5710.Frame 5630 has been described to activate this vacuum pump in order to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device.For example, can adopt one or more vacuum pumps in order in the tightness space of this storage device, set up the space of emptying in fact.For example, can adopt one or more vacuum pumps in order in the tightness space of this storage device, set up an extremely low air pressure.Frame 5710 has showed that setting up one is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2The air pressure of holder.For example, can adopt one or more vacuum pumps in the tightness space of this storage device, to set up one less than 5x10 ^-3The holder, less than 5x10 ^-4The holder, less than 5x10 ^-5The holder, less than 5x10 ^-6The holder or less than 5x10 ^-7The air pressure of holder.

Figure 58 has showed other aspects of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Frame 5640 has showed that this storage device is heated to a predetermined temperature also continues one period scheduled time.For example, this storage device can be heated to a predetermined temperature and continues for some time with an external heat source, and this temperature and time is to make any surface contaminant evaporation on the internal surface in tightness space of this storage device needed.For example, this storage device can be heated to a predetermined temperature and continues for some time with an external heat source, and this temperature and time is to make the internal surface dehydration in tightness space of this storage device needed.This heating-up temperature and time will be depended on this specific embodiment, for example for the manufacture of desirable final air pressure in the tightness space of the surface treatment before the employed material type of this storage device, this material (for example above-mentioned literal of describing about Figure 45) and this storage device.Figure 58 showed, can comprise one or more in optional block 5800 and 5810 in the frame 5640.Frame 5800 has been showed with about 50 degrees centigrade increment and has been heated this storage device.For example, the heating that is wrapped on the outside of this storage device in application brings among a plurality of embodiments of this storage device of heating, and the controller that is used for this heating tape can be configured to about 50 degrees centigrade increment be heated up in this heating tape.With increment this storage device is heated up and may wish, for example in order to avoid overheated or in order to guarantee heating this storage device on the whole surface equably or in order to confirm that these tie points between this storage device and this connector keep tightness in this process.With increment this storage device is heated up and may wish, for example in order to stay the time checks this device interior in this process air pressure.Frame 5810 has been showed this storage device is heated between about 130 degrees centigrade and about 150 degrees centigrade and has been continued at least 100 hours.Concrete time and temperature will depend on embodiment, and to be that air pressure inside with this equipment is reduced to a target air pressure needed this time.For example, concrete time and temperature will depend on a plurality of factors, and these factors are included among the given embodiment size of inside of the size in any pretreatment of making the employed material of this storage device, these parts, this tightness space and shape, this equipment and the pump of shape and vacuum pump is taken out ability.In certain embodiments, this storage device can be heated between about 150 degrees centigrade and about 200 degrees centigrade.In certain embodiments, this storage device can be heated about 75 hours.In certain embodiments, this storage device can be heated about 100 hours or about 125 hours.

Figure 59 shows other aspects of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Frame 5650 has been showed this getter active region and this one or more getters are heated to and has been suitable for one section activationary time activating the activationary temperature of the one or more getters in this getter active region and continue to be fit to, keeps the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.As discussed above, needed activationary temperature of specific embodiment and time are depended on employed these getters.For example, at U.S. Patent number 4,312, ibid for 669(, be combined in this by reference) in mention, a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material can be activated like this: be heated to the temperature that is lower than 450 degrees centigrade (for example about 400 degrees centigrade or between about 250 degrees centigrade and about 350 degrees centigrade) and continue time between 1 minute and 10 minutes, be in simultaneously and have less than 10 ^-2In the environment of the air pressure of holder.Make that employed material also is relevant in this active region that comprises these getters, obviously the user of this equipment and method can not be heated to this getter active region the temperature that expection can damage the structural integrity of this active region.For example, the user of this equipment and method can not be heated to this getter active region such temperature: this getter active region can not be kept its shape and structure corresponding to this hypobaric internal force under this temperature.For example, the user of this equipment and method can not be heated to this getter active region such temperature: estimate that under this temperature this getter active region can be based on the material of this structure and manufacturing and fusion, implosion or distortion.

Figure 59 shows, the flow process of Figure 56 can also comprise one or more in optional block 5900 and 5910 in frame 5650.Frame 5900 has been described this active region is heated to about 400 degrees centigrade temperature and continues at least 45 minutes.For example, in adopting a plurality of embodiments of a kind of zirconium-vanadium-iron getter material, this getter material can in the time continuing at least 45 minutes time down for about 400 degrees centigrade, be activated (referring to U.S. Patent number 4,312,669, ibid, is combined in this by reference).Frame 5910 has showed that a thermal source with this getter active region outside heats this getter active region.For example, can twine this getter active region as a thermal source with the heating tape on the outer surface of this getter active region.For example, this getter active region can be placed with a hot plate or as the similar area of heating surface of thermal source and directly contact.

Figure 60 has described the many aspects of the method flow shown in Figure 56.Flow process shown in Figure 60 has been described to show in as Figure 56 is used for setting up and to keep the method for vacuum and flow chart element 5610,5620,5630,5640,5650,5660,5670,5680,5690 and the frame 6000 and 6010 chosen wantonly a storage device 5600 in.Flow process shown in Figure 60 comprises frame 5660, shows to allow this getter active region and this one or more getters to be cooled to a predetermined temperature.For example, after the heating (as shown in frame 5650), this getter active region and this one or more getters can be cooled to a temperature with other step compatibilities of this method.For example, after the heating (as shown in frame 5650), this getter active region and this one or more getters can be cooled to and allow these getters to fall to along this connector inside in the space of this storage device to be a compatible temperature (shown in frame 5680).For example, this getter active region and these getters can be cooled to a temperature with the structural integrity compatibility of this connector.For example, this getter active region and these getters can be cooled to a temperature with the structural integrity compatibility of this storage device.Should depend on a plurality of factors by (these) predetermined temperature, these factors are included in these regional employed materials of this equipment of manufacturing among the given embodiment and safe handling temperature and the desirable treatment temperature of this equipment.The temperature of this active region can be determined by the mode that is suitable for a given embodiment, for example estimates based on the outer surface condition of this active region.In certain embodiments, in this active region, can there be an embedded temperature detector.

Figure 60 shows that the flow process that Figure 56 describes can comprise optional frame 6000 in frame 5660.Frame 6000 shows and allows this getter active region to be cooled to about 250 degrees centigrade by the radiation heat loss.For example, use heating to bring among a plurality of embodiments of this active region of heating at the outer surface of this active region, this heating tape completely or partially can be removed and allow this active region cooling by the radiation heat loss from this outer surface.For example, be placed with at this active region that (for example, a hot plate) surface is among a plurality of embodiments of direct physical contact, this active region can be removed and allow its cooling from this thermal source with a thermal source.The temperature on the surface of this active region can be used as the approximative value of the temperature of whole active region and content (for example, these one or more getters) thereof.In certain embodiments, within the inside of this active region, can exist the reading of a temperature transducer and this temperature transducer can be used in the method.

Shown in Figure 56 and Figure 60, this flow process comprises frame 5670, this frame described to make this connector to carry out deflection in order to this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, and this getter active region is positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line basically in this relative position.For example, shown in Figure 41-44, it is straight basically that the shape of this connector can be changed to allow this getter active region to move in the position of an opening top in the space that is located substantially on this storage device and make this connector.This connector can be by deflection to a position, and this position allows the opening of these getters that are activated from this getter active region to fall to passing the inside of this connector and enters in the space in this storage device.Shown in Figure 60, can comprise optional frame 6010 in the frame 5.Frame 6010 shows and makes this connector carry out deflection so that by making one of this connector with this getter active region adjacent areas generation deflection this storage device and this getter active region to be moved to a relative position, in this relative position, it is straight line basically that this getter active region is positioned at this storage device top and this connector.For example, as (referring to above) showing and describe in related text among Fig. 1-4, this connector can comprise a flexure region adjacent with this active region, for example is a zone of corrugated or bellows configuration.This flex section adjacent with this active region that can make this connector carries out deflection in order to this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, in this relative position this getter active region be positioned in fact this storage device above.

Figure 61 has showed the many aspects of the flow process that Figure 56 describes.Figure 56 and Figure 61 comprise frame 5690, described near this storage device a position with this connector separately, keep the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously.For example, this connector can be sealed with this storage device position adjacent place and then two parts of this connector are separated near sealing position or sealing position in one way in order to keep the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device.Figure 61 shows, can comprise one or more in optional block 6100 and 6110 in the frame 5690 of this flow process.Frame 6100 has been described the physically shrinkage and disconnect this connector in this shrinkage position of this connector.For example, can this connector be flattened in a position adjacent with this storage device, this be to create a tightness zone in this connector by with a shrinkage device side of this connector physically fully being pressed together so that at this shrinkage position.After in this connector, creating airtight sealing, this connector physically can be broken into two in this shrinkage position by shrinkage fully at this connector.If desired, on the outer surface that a kind of extra sealing or stable material (for example, epoxy resin) can be added into this connector in order to stablize this through the surface (also referring to the item 4400 among Figure 44) of sealing.Frame 6110 has been described to utilize ultrasonic welding device in a position adjacent with this storage device this connector to be separated and has been kept the air pressure of having set up simultaneously.

Figure 62 has described the other aspect of the flow process shown in Figure 56.Figure 62 shows, frame 5600 namely is used for setting up and keeping the method for vacuum in a storage device, can comprise one or more in the optional block 6200,6210,6220 and 6230.Frame 6200 has been showed and has been set up in the space of this storage device after the subatmospheric air pressure, and this storage device is heated to predetermined temperature and continues one period scheduled time.For example, may it is desirable in certain embodiments before this connector of sealing by heating the internal surface dehydration (item 4190 among Figure 41) with the tightness space in this storage device.For example, what may wish in certain embodiments is, when a temperature that this storage device is heated to the temperature when being similar to these getters and being placed in this tightness space, in order to adding these guaranteed this storage device before getters of heating even heating and expansion associated therewith.Frame 6210 has been showed the air pressure in the tightness space that monitors this storage device.What for example, may wish in certain embodiments is that a gas manometer is attached on this storage device.For example, Figure 63 has showed two pipelines 4175 on the outer wall 105 that is attached to this structural region 4180 that comprises a storage device.Gas manometer can be attached in these pipelines 4175 one, if wish in specific embodiment.Frame 6220 shows the air pressure that monitors in this connector.For example, a gas manometer can operationally be attached on this connector and the air pressure in this connector of supervision in one or more steps of this method by a pipeline or a similar structure.Frame 6230 shows sealing material is added on this connector surface that has separated adjacent with this storage device.For example, a kind of epoxide can be added into this connector surface of having separated adjacent with this storage device (same referring to the item 4400 among Figure 44).

Figure 63 has described the cross sectional view of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, for example is can be included in the structural region 4180 of an equipment (Figure 63 does not describe).The cross sectional view that presents is for sightless All aspects of in the externally view of showing this container.The cross sectional view that presents is the only about half of of this container, wherein the zone, abridged basically to show regional similar.Figure 63 is an embodiment's of a unit comprising in the structural region 4180 of an equipment (not describing among Figure 63) example, but other embodiments are also within the scope of this disclosure.The thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel of this that describe among Figure 63 comprises an outer wall 105 and an inwall 110.This inwall 105 defines a storage area 130 in this container in fact.This outer wall 105 and this inwall 110 at interval a tightness space 120.

The container of describing among Figure 63 comprises that also between the outside of this internal storage area 130 and this container enters pipe 6340.Entering pipe 6340 is attached on this inwall 110 by air-locked sealing 6320.For example, this enters pipe 6340 and this inwall 110 can be made by stainless steel, and this air-locked sealing 6320 can be a suitable soldering point.This enters pipe 6340 inside and formed an opening 125 between the outside of this container and this internal storage area 130.This opening 125 has enough sizes and shape in order to allow storage material to be placed within the inside of this internal storage area 130 and therefrom shift out, and keeps storage and the thermal characteristic of this internal storage area 130 simultaneously basically.This container also is included in around this and enters pipe 6340 neck area 6330 in the structure of tubulose in fact.This neck area 6330 is attached on this outer wall 105 by air-locked sealing 6360.For example, this neck area 6330 and this outer wall 105 can be made by stainless steel, and this air-locked sealing 6360 can be a suitable soldering point.This enters linking to each other with a tip seals 6310 away from the end away from this outer wall 105 on the end of this inwall 110 and this neck area 6330 of pipe 6340.Though the tip seals of describing 6310 is separate units that connect the space between these these surfaces that enter pipe 6340 and this neck area 6330, this tip seals 6310 also can comprise shrinkage shape or other forms of air-locked Sealing.Shown in Figure 63, this tightness space 120 can be coextensive with this neck area 6330 and this zone 6350 that enters between the pipe 6340.

Figure 63 has also described to be attached to two pipelines 4175 on this outer wall 105.These pipelines 4175 can be suitable for an attached gas manometer (as being designated 4140 among Figure 41-44) or be suitable for other devices of this embodiment.In the embodiment shown in Figure 63, the end of these pipelines 4175 seals with a plurality of screen units 6300, and these screen units are fixing by a kind of gas tight seal spare, for example by welding or rivet.When these pipelines 4175 and this tightness space 120 time-delay together, these pipelines 4175 should have similar tightness, in order to keep the air pressure of the reduction in this tightness space 120 (for example, to be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2Holder).

The reservoir vessel of describing as Figure 63 can be included in the phase-change material in this internal storage area 130.In general, the concrete property of these materials (comprising durability, quality, corrosivity, toxicity and cost) should be when making a reservoir vessel takes in the selection of employed these materials.Referring to for example, Nemanic and Setina, " research [A study of thermal treatment procedures to reduce hydrogen outgassing rate in thin wall stainless steel cells] of the heat treatment process of the hydrogen deflation rate of reduction thin-wall stainless steel chamber ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1999 the 53rd volumes, the 277-280 page or leaf; And people such as Koyatsu, " measurement of the deflation rate of copper and copper alloy chamber [Measurements of outgassing rate from copper and copper alloy chambers] ", vacuum [Vacuum], 1996 the 47th volume 6-8 phases, 709-711 page or leaf; These files are combined in this separately by reference.In comprising the embodiment of phase-change material, the concrete property of these phase-change materials (comprising durability, quality, corrosivity, toxicity and cost) should be when making reservoir vessel takes in the selection of employed these materials.For example, this inwall 105 should be by keeping a kind of material of its structure stability to make in the presence of the concrete phase-change material that is adopting under the expection service condition.Referring to: people such as Zalba, " summary with thermal energy storage of phase transformation: material, Analysis of heat transfer and application [Review on thermal energy storage with phase change:materials; heat transfer analysis and applications] ", use heat enginnering [Applied Thermal Engineering], 2003 the 23rd volumes, the 251-283 page or leaf; And people such as Bo, " tetradecane is used for cold degree with the cetane binary mixture as phase-change material (PCM) and stores [Tetradecane and hexadecane binary mixtures as phase change materials (PCMs) for cool storage in district cooling systems] in different cooling systems ", energy [Energy], the 24th volume, 1000, the 1015-1028 pages or leaves; These files are combined in this separately by reference.

System described here comprises a kind of equipment, this equipment comprises: a storage material module, this storage material module comprises a plurality of storage elements that are configured for the one or more medical article units of storage, and this storage material module comprises a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and comprises a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit; Be configured for a stable storing device unit on the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module; Be configured in a plurality of storage elements that reversibly mate in this storage material module at least one the surface and be configured for the storage material module lid on the surface of reversibly mating this at least one stable storing device unit; And a central stabilizer unit that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid, wherein should central authorities' stabilizer unit have certain size and shape in order to fill a passage in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in fact.

In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements are made of plastics.In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements are configured for separately and store medical treatment product bottle.In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements are configured for separately to store and are less than 30 medical treatment product bottles.In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements are configured for separately and store prepackage medical treatment product injector.In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements are configured for separately to store and are less than 25 prepackage medical treatment product injectors.In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements comprise: at least one contact pin on the edge and at least one the corresponding depression on an opposite edge.In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements comprise: a sidewall; At least one contact pin at least one edge of this sidewall; And at least one depression at least one opposite edge of this sidewall, wherein this at least one contact pin on each storage element is this at least one depression of reversibly mating on the adjacent storage units.In some embodiments of this equipment, at least one in these a plurality of storage elements comprises: at least one depression that is configured for the outer surface that reversibly mates this at least one stabilizer unit.In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements are arranged to a vertical stacking in this storage material module.In some embodiments of this equipment, it is interchangeable that these a plurality of storage elements are configured in this storage material module.In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements have similar basically size and shape.In some embodiments of this equipment, these a plurality of storage elements comprise: have similar basically diameter but have at least two storage elements of different length.

Some embodiments of this equipment comprise a storage material module base, and this base operationally is attached on this storage material module at the end place away from this storage material module lid of this storage material module.In certain embodiments, this storage material module base comprises: have one or more holes at edge, these edges are configured for an outer surface that reversibly mates this at least one stable storing device unit.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit comprises: have at least two pipes of different inside diameters, these pipes are oriented to one in another inside, and the size of these passages is determined to be for relative to each other sliding.In certain embodiments, these at least two pipes comprise separately: along a hole of a part of length of each pipe, wherein formed a passage in these holes when relative to each other being in the special position when these pipes, this passage is in fact perpendicular to the axis of these pipes.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit comprises: have pipe and at least one outer tube in of different inner diameters, it relative to each other is as pipe and at least one outer tube at least one that these pipes are oriented to, and the size of these pipes is determined to be for relative to each other sliding; A hole of a part of length of each outer tube in this in pipe and this at least one outer tube, wherein these holes have formed a passage when relative to each other being in the special position when these are managed, and this passage is in fact perpendicular to the axis of these pipes; And an adjacent location of the hole of pipe is fixed to a plurality of keeping units on the internal surface of pipe in this in this, and these keeping units comprise a plurality of ends that stretch out the hole of passing in each pipe.In certain embodiments, wherein these a plurality of storage elements are configured to slide along an axis that is limited by this stable storing device unit in fact.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made by stainless steel.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made of plastics.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made by glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit comprises: have certain size and shape so that in fact around an external frame of this storage material module, a surface of this external frame meets the surface of this storage material module basically; A plurality of holes in this external frame; Towards an edge of this storage material module, from one or more extensions on the surface of this external frame, these one or more extensions are corresponding to the edge surface in the hole in the storage material module base.

In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: at least one hole, this hole have a surface on the surface that is configured for the contact pin of reversibly mating a storage material unit.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: a join domain, this join domain can comprise a base and a wheel rim, and wherein this join domain surface is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this central authorities' stabilizer unit.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: a join domain, this join domain comprise a hole; And a circuit connector in this hole, this circuit connector is configured for a lip-deep corresponding circuit connector that reversibly mates at this central authorities' stabilizer.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: at least one hole, this hole are configured for a fastening piece are attached between this storage material module and this storage material module lid.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: an end is fixed on lip-deep first a hollow in fact pipe of this storage material module lid; Diameter is less than the second hollow in fact pipe of of this first pipe, and this second pipe is positioned in this first pipe and makes that the internal surface of an outer surface and this first pipe is adjacent, and these surfaces are configured to allow the slip in this first pipe of this second pipe; At least one hole in this first pipe and at least one hole in this second pipe, these holes are positioned at and form a passage when these pipes relative to each other are in the special position; Be configured in response to from the pressure on the surface of this central authorities' stabilizer unit and a mobile axle; Be configured for a power transmission unit that will be transferred to from this power of movement on the bar; An end with certain size and shape of this bar is filled in fact by this at least one hole in this first pipe and this formed passage at least one hole in this second pipe when relative to each other being in the special position with these pipes of box lunch.In certain embodiments, wherein this storage material module lid comprises: an end is fixed on lip-deep first a hollow in fact pipe of this storage material module lid; Diameter is less than the second hollow in fact pipe of of this first pipe, and this second pipe is positioned in this first pipe and makes that the internal surface of an outer surface and this first pipe is adjacent, and these surfaces are configured to allow the slip in this first pipe of this second pipe; At least one hole in this storage material module lid, this hole are configured for and hold one or more leads, and these leads are connected to the circuit in this second pipe and are positioned on this second pipe circuit external.

In certain embodiments, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: a base, this base comprise a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module.In certain embodiments, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: be oriented to this central authorities' stabilizer unit reversibly is attached to a fastening piece on this storage material module lid; And operationally being attached to a mechanical release on this fastening piece, this release member is oriented to touch from the outer surface of this central authorities' stabilizer unit.In certain embodiments, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: an inner core stabilizer; And around the low-heat density material of this inner core stabilizer.In certain embodiments, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: formed at least one hole that is used for the passage of circuit.In certain embodiments, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: an outer wall.

Some embodiments of this equipment comprise the one or more sensors that are positioned in this stable storing device unit.Some embodiments comprise a lid on the end that is attached to this central authorities' stabilizer unit, this lid has certain size and shape, in order to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in a zone adjacent with the external end of this passage.Some embodiments are included in a position away from this storage material module lid and are attached to a lid on the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit; Be attached to the lip-deep handle away from the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit on this lid; A display unit on attached this lid operationally; At least one global location device on attached this lid operationally; And an electronics on attached this lid operationally, some embodiments are included in a position away from this storage material module lid and are attached to a lid on the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit; Be attached to the lip-deep handle away from the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit on this lid; With a display unit that on this lid is one; An electronics on attached this lid operationally; An and user input apparatus on attached this electronics operationally.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit, this lid has certain size and shape in order to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in a zone adjacent with the external end of this passage; Be attached to the lip-deep handle away from the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit on this lid; Operationally be attached to an electric mechanical switch on this lid, this electric mechanical switch be positioned on the surface this lid, adjacent with the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and with the external end adjacent areas of this passage in; Operationally be attached to an electronics on this electric mechanical switch; And operationally be attached to a indicator on this lid.Some embodiments comprise a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, and this container comprises a memory structure.

A plurality of embodiments comprise a kind of thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises: an outer assembly, should comprise by outer assembly: define an outer wall of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in fact, this outer wall defines a single outer cinclides in fact; Define an inwall of a thermosealed in fact storage area in fact, this inwall defines a single interior cinclides in fact; This inwall and this outer wall at interval a segment distance and define a space in fact; Be disposed at least one the ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part in this space; Formed a connector that connects the passage of this single outer cinclides and this single interior cinclides; And of leading to this thermosealed in fact storage area single enter the hole, wherein this is single, and to enter the hole be terminal a restriction by this connector; An and inner assembly in this thermosealed in fact storage area, this inner assembly comprises: be configured for a memory structure that receives and store a plurality of modules, wherein these a plurality of modules comprise at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module the two; A storage material module that comprises a plurality of storage elements, this storage material module comprise and are configured for a surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel; Be configured at least one stable storing device unit on the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module; A storage material module lid, this storage material module lid are configured at least one in a plurality of storage elements that reversibly mate in this storage material module and are configured for reversibly mates this at least one stabilizer unit; And be operatively coupled on a central stabilizer unit on this storage material module lid, wherein should central authorities' stabilizer unit be oriented to fill basically this passage.

In some embodiments of this container, this connector is a flexible connector.In some embodiments of this container, this space comprises: have the 5x10 of being less than or equal to ^-4The space of the emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.In some embodiments of this container, this at least one ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material partly comprises multilayer insulant (" MLI ").In some embodiments of this container, this thermosealed in fact storage area is configured to remain maintain passively between about 2 and 8 degrees centigrade and continues at least 30 days.In some embodiments of this container, this memory structure be attached to this in fact this thermosealed storage area inside, be in the position of the diameter that is arranged essentially parallel to this passage.In some embodiments of this container, this memory structure be attached to this in fact this thermosealed storage area inside, be in the position that is substantially perpendicular to the formed central axial line of this connector.In certain embodiments, a plurality of storage elements in this storage material module are configured for separately and store medical treatment product bottle.In some embodiments of this container, a plurality of storage elements in this storage material module are configured for separately to store and are less than 30 medical treatment product bottles.In some embodiments of this container, a plurality of storage elements in this storage material module are configured for the pharmaceutical injection device that stores one or more prepackages separately.In some embodiments of this container, a plurality of storage elements in this storage material module are configured for separately to store and are less than 25 prepackage pharmaceutical injection devices.In some embodiments of this container, these a plurality of storage elements comprise: at least one contact pin at least one edge of this storage element; And at least one depression at least one opposite edge of this storage element, wherein reversibly mate this at least one depression on the adjacent storage units in this at least one contact pin on each storage element.In some embodiments of this container, these a plurality of storage elements comprise: at least one depression that is configured for the outer surface that reversibly mates this at least one stabilizer unit.In some embodiments of this container, these a plurality of storage elements are arranged to a vertical stacking in this storage material module.In some embodiments of this container, it is interchangeable that these a plurality of storage elements are configured in this storage material module.In some embodiments of this container, these a plurality of storage elements have similar basically size and shape.In some embodiments of this container, these a plurality of storage elements comprise: have similar basically diameter but have at least two storage elements of different length.

Some embodiments of this container comprise a storage material module base, this storage material module base this storage material module, operationally be attached on this storage material module away from the tail end of this storage material module lid.In certain embodiments, this storage material module base comprises: have one or more holes at edge, these edges are configured for an outer surface that reversibly mates this stable storing device unit.

In some embodiments of this container, this at least one stabilizer unit comprises: at least two pipes with different inside diameters, these pipes are oriented to one in another inside, and the size of these pipes is determined and is positioned such that their surface relative to each other slides.In certain embodiments, these at least two pipes comprise separately: along a hole of a part of length of each pipe, wherein these holes have formed a passage when these pipes relative to each other are in the special position.

In some embodiments of this container, this at least one stabilizer unit comprises: at least two pipes with different inner diameters, it relative to each other is pipe and at least one outer tube at least one that these pipes are oriented to, and the size of these pipes is determined and is positioned such that their surface relative to each other slides; Along a hole of a part of length of each pipe, wherein these holes have formed a passage when these pipes relative to each other are in the special position; And in this adjacent location of hole of pipe be fixed to this at least one in one or more keeping units on the internal surface of pipe, these keeping units comprise a plurality of ends that stretch out the hole of passing in each pipe.In certain embodiments, these a plurality of storage elements all are configured for along an axis that is limited by this at least one stable storing device unit in fact and slide.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made by stainless steel.In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit is made by glass-reinforced plastic (GRP).In certain embodiments, this stable storing device unit comprises: have certain size and shape in case in fact around this storage material module an external frame, the internal surface of this external frame meets an outer surface of this storage material module in fact; A plurality of holes in this external frame; And towards a surface of this storage material module, from one or more extensions on the surface of this external frame, these extensions are corresponding to one or more edge surfaces in a hole in a storage material unit.

In some embodiments of this container, this storage material module lid comprises: at least one hole, this hole have a surface on the surface that is configured for the contact pin of reversibly mating a storage material unit.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: a join domain, this join domain comprise a hole; And a circuit connector in this hole, this circuit connector is configured for a lip-deep corresponding circuit connector that reversibly mates this central authorities' stabilizer unit.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: at least one hole, this hole are configured for a fastening piece are attached between this storage material module and this storage material module lid.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: an end is fixed on lip-deep first a hollow in fact pipe of this storage material module lid; Diameter is less than the second hollow in fact pipe of of this first pipe, and this second pipe is positioned in this first pipe and makes that the internal surface of an outer surface and this first pipe is adjacent, and these surfaces are configured to allow the slip in this first pipe of this second pipe; At least one hole in this first pipe and at least one hole in this second pipe, these holes are positioned at and form a passage when these pipes relative to each other are in the special position; Be configured in response to from the pressure on the surface of this central authorities' stabilizer unit and a mobile axle; Be configured for a power transmission unit that will be passed to from this power of movement on the bar; An end with certain size and shape of this bar is in order to fill in fact by this at least one hole in this first pipe and this formed passage at least one hole in this second pipe when these pipes relative to each other are in the special position.In certain embodiments, this storage material module lid comprises: an end is fixed on lip-deep first a hollow in fact pipe of this storage material module lid; Diameter is less than one of this first pipe second hollow in fact pipe, and it is interior so that the internal surface of an outer surface and this first pipe is adjacent that this second pipe is positioned in this first pipe, and these surfaces are configured to allow this second pipe to slide in this first pipe; At least one hole in this storage material module lid, this hole are configured for and hold one or more leads, and these leads are connected to the circuit in this second pipe and are positioned on this second pipe circuit external.

In some embodiments of this container, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: a base, this base comprise at least one surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating this storage material module.In certain embodiments, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: be oriented to this central authorities' stabilizer unit reversibly is attached to a fastening piece on this storage material module lid; And operationally being attached to a mechanical release on this fastening piece, this release member is oriented to touch from the outer surface of this central authorities' stabilizer unit.In certain embodiments, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: an inner core stabilizer; And around a low-heat density material of this inner core stabilizer.In certain embodiments, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: formed at least one hole that is used for the passage of circuit.In certain embodiments, this central authorities' stabilizer unit comprises: an outer wall.

Some embodiments of this container comprise: be positioned in the one or more sensors in this at least one stable storing device unit.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit, this lid has certain size and shape in order to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in a zone adjacent with the external end of this passage.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit at a position away from this storage material module lid; Be attached on this lid, away from a lip-deep handle of the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit; A display unit on attached this lid operationally; At least one global location device on attached this lid operationally; An and electronics on attached this lid operationally.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit at a position away from this storage material module lid, be attached on this lid, away from a lip-deep handle of the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit; With this lid be a display unit of one; An electronics on attached this lid operationally; An and user input apparatus on attached this electronics operationally.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit, this lid has certain size and shape in order to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in a zone adjacent with the external end of this passage; Be attached on this lid, away from a lip-deep handle of the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit; Operationally be attached to an electric mechanical switch on this lid, this electric mechanical switch is positioned on the surface this lid, adjacent with the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and is arranged in external end adjacent areas with this passage; Operationally be attached to an electronics on this electric mechanical switch; And operationally be attached to a indicator on this lid.Some embodiments comprise: be attached to a lid on the end of this central authorities' stabilizer unit, this lid has certain size and shape in order to meet the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in a zone adjacent with the external end of this passage; Operationally be attached to an electric mechanical switch on this lid, this electric mechanical switch is positioned on the surface this lid, adjacent with the outer surface of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and is arranged in external end adjacent areas with this passage; Operationally be attached to an electronics on this electric mechanical switch; And operationally be attached to a indicator on this lid.

Some embodiments of this container comprise a transportation stabilizer unit, the size that this stabilizer unit has is corresponding to one with a flexible connector thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this transportation stabilizer unit comprises: the lid with a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall that covers this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel that comprises flexible connector in fact, this lid comprises a surface, and this surface is configured near the outer surface that reversibly mates this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel the outside opening in this outer wall; A central hole in this lid; A reversible fastening unit adjacent with central hole in this lid, this reversible fastening unit is oriented to in the central hole with fastening this lid of axle; Define the diameter of section that has in fact less than a wall of a tubular structure of the minimum diameter of this flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, an end of this tubular structure operationally is attached on this lid; A hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, this edge tubular structure be positioned at from this tubular structure, operationally be attached to end on this lid less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector; A positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has be less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, and the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than the combination with the wall length between the edge in the surface of this lid and the hole in this wall of the thickness of this lid; An internal surface of this wall, this internal surface defines an inner region in fact; A pivot unit, this pivot unit operationally are attached on the terminal area of this positioning shaft and are positioned in this inner region; A support unit that operationally is attached on this pivot unit, this support unit have certain size and shape should be engaged in when a direction is rotated in this inner region and with box lunch and should stretch out the hole of passing in this wall in the pivot unit when another direction rotation about 90 is spent in the pivot unit with box lunch; Stub area with a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface that reversibly mates a hole in the memory structure in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel; Base grip end in the end of this stub area; And a stretching unit that is used for this base grip end, this stretching unit is configured for a side that maintains the surface that is substantially perpendicular to this lid at the inwall of this this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel of base grip end antagonism and upwards pressure.

In some embodiments of this container, the lid of this transportation stabilizer unit comprises: at least one hole, this hole are configured for a fastening piece reversibly are attached to this lid on the outer wall of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel.In certain embodiments, the lid of this transportation stabilizer unit is to be made by the material with sufficient intensity, keeps this flexible connector when being attached on this positioning shaft with this reversible fastening unit of box lunch and is in a compression position.In certain embodiments, the pivot unit of this transportation stabilizer unit is configured to allow this support unit to move about 90 degree along single axis.In certain embodiments, the positioning shaft of this transportation stabilizer unit is positioned in the hole of this lid.In certain embodiments, the reversible fastening unit of this transportation stabilizer unit is attached on this positioning shaft in order to this flexible connector is maintained in the compression position with enough tension force.In certain embodiments, the base grip end of this transportation stabilizer unit comprises: under the temperature between 2 and 8 degrees centigrade with respect to the friction factor on the surface of this inwall greater than a surface of one.In certain embodiments, this transportation stabilizer unit comprises: a handle, this handle be attached on this lid, with a surface of this surface opposite that is configured for the outer surface that reversibly mates this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel on.In certain embodiments, this transportation stabilizer unit comprises: a sensor; An indicator; And operationally be attached to a electronics on this sensor and this indicator.

In certain embodiments, a kind of equipment comprises: a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with flexible connector; And the size that has is corresponding to a stabilizer unit of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this stabilizer unit comprises: the lid with a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall that covers this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in fact, this lid comprises a surface, and this surface is configured near the outer surface that reversibly mates this outer wall this outside opening; A central hole in this lid; Define the diameter of section that has in fact less than a wall of a tubular structure of the minimum diameter of the flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, an end of this tubular structure operationally is attached on this lid; A hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, this edge tubular structure be positioned at from this tubular structure, operationally be attached to end on this lid less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector; A positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has be less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, and the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than the combination with the wall length between the edge in the surface of this lid and the hole in this wall of the thickness of this lid; A reversible fastening unit, this reversible fastening unit with this lid in an adjacent zone, hole in operationally be attached on this lid and be oriented to operationally be attached on this positioning shaft; An internal surface of this wall, this internal surface defines an inner region in fact; A pivot unit, this pivot unit operationally are attached on the terminal area of this positioning shaft and are positioned in this inner region; A support unit that operationally is attached on this pivot unit, this support unit have certain size and shape should be engaged in when a direction is rotated in this inner region and with box lunch and should stretch out the hole of passing in this wall in the pivot unit when another direction is rotated in the pivot unit with box lunch; Stub area with a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface that reversibly mates a hole in the memory structure in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel; Base grip end in the end of this stub area; This base grip end comprises a surface, and this surface friction factor with respect to the surface of the inwall of this container under the temperature between 2 and 8 degrees centigrade is greater than one; And a stretching unit that is used for this base grip end, this stretching unit is configured for a side that maintains the surface that is substantially perpendicular to this lid at the inwall of this this container of base grip end antagonism and upwards pressure.

Some embodiments comprise a kind of equipment, and this equipment comprises: a structural region of being made by heat sensitive material, this structural region comprise an outer wall and inwall and a tightness space between this outer wall and this inwall; An active region of being made by heat-resistant material, this active region comprises one or more getters; One is attached to this structural region and is attached to connector on this active region, and this connector comprises that a flexure region and one are configured for the zone that this structural region is sealed and separates with respect to this active region; And vacuum pump that operationally is attached on this connector.

In certain embodiments, the structural region of this equipment comprises: a storage device.In certain embodiments, this storage device is configured for the storage of carrying out temperature stabilization in a temperature range.In certain embodiments, the structural region of this equipment comprises: an adiabatic apparatus.In certain embodiments, the structural region of this equipment comprises that is configured for a device of separating with the remainder of this equipment.In certain embodiments, the structural region of this equipment comprises: be configured to be independent of the device that the remainder of this equipment uses.

In certain embodiments, the heat sensitive material of this equipment comprises: aluminium.In certain embodiments, the heat sensitive material of this equipment comprises: metal plastic.In certain embodiments, the heat sensitive material of this equipment comprises: plastics and covered the metal of this heat sensitive material towards all surface in this tightness space.In certain embodiments, the heat sensitive material of this equipment comprises: the material that a kind of low steam discharges.

In certain embodiments, the outer wall of this equipment and inwall define this tightness space together in fact.In certain embodiments, this tightness space comprises: multilayer insulant.In certain embodiments, this tightness space comprises: be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2Gas under the pressure of holder.In certain embodiments, this tightness space is opened to the inside of this connector.

In certain embodiments, the heat-resistant material of this equipment comprises: stainless steel in certain embodiments, the heat-resistant material of this equipment comprises: titanium alloy.In certain embodiments, the active region of this equipment comprises: a tightness inside, wherein this one or more being enclosed within this tightness inside.In certain embodiments, this tightness inside is opened to the inside of this connector.

In certain embodiments, these one or more getters comprise: the getter material of non-vaporising.In certain embodiments, these one or more getters comprise zirconium, vanadium and iron.In certain embodiments, these one or more getters comprise 70% zirconium, 24.6% vanadium and 5.4% iron.

In certain embodiments, the connector of this equipment comprises: stainless steel.In certain embodiments, the connector of this equipment comprises: be configured to suppress the valve that gas flows in this connector.In some embodiments of this equipment, the flexure region of this connector is adjacent with this active region.In some embodiments of this equipment, the flexure region of this connector has the configuration of bellows.

In certain embodiments, the vacuum pump of this equipment is enough to inside with this structural region, this active region and this connector and empties to and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2The air pressure of holder.

In certain embodiments, this zone that this structural region is sealed and separates with respect to this active region that is configured for of this equipment is adjacent with this structural region along this connector.

In certain embodiments, this equipment comprises: a bubble-tight continuous space of each inside in this structural region, this active region and this connector.In certain embodiments, this equipment comprises: may be operably coupled to a pressure meter on this tightness space.In certain embodiments, this equipment comprises: may be operably coupled to a pressure meter on this connector.In certain embodiments, this equipment comprises: the one or more Sealings between this structural region, this active region and this connector, these Sealings are enough to keep vacuum in this structural region, this active region and this connector.

In certain embodiments, a kind of method comprises: set up vacuum in a bubble-tight equipment, structural region that this equipment comprises at least one active region of being made by heat-resistant material, made by heat sensitive material and a connector between these zones; This at least one active region is heated to activationary temperature and the lasting one section activationary time that is fit to that is suitable for activating the one or more getters in this at least one active region, keeps the vacuum of having set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously; Allow this at least one active region and these one or more getters to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material; These one or more getters through cooling are passed this connector from this be transferred to this structural region through at least one active region of cooling, keep the vacuum of having set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously; And the connector between these zones is separated, keep the vacuum of having set up in this structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously.

In certain embodiments, the vacuum of setting up in this method comprises: within the inside of this at least one active region of this tightness equipment, set up vacuum within the inside of this structural region and within the inside of this connector.In certain embodiments, the vacuum of setting up in this method comprises: use a vacuum pump that may be operably coupled on this tightness equipment.In certain embodiments, the vacuum of setting up in this method comprises: set up and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2The air pressure of holder.

In certain embodiments, in this method this at least one active region being heated to the one section activationary time that is suitable for activating the activationary temperature of the one or more getters in this at least one active region and continues to be fit to comprises: this at least one active region is heated to about 400 degrees centigrade temperature and continues at least 45 minutes.In certain embodiments, in this method this at least one active region being heated to the one section activationary time that is suitable for activating the activationary temperature of the one or more getters in this at least one active region and continues to be fit to comprises: a thermal source with this device external heats this at least one active region.In certain embodiments, in this method this at least one active region being heated to the one section activationary time that is suitable for activating the activationary temperature of the one or more getters in this at least one active region and continues to be fit to comprises: contact also with this at least one active region direct heat with one and do not heat this at least one active region with the thermal source that the structural region of this tightness equipment contacts with the connector direct heat.In certain embodiments, in this method this at least one active region being heated to the one section activationary time that is suitable for activating the activationary temperature of the one or more getters in this at least one active region and continues to be fit to comprises: heat this at least one active region with about 50 degrees centigrade interval.

In certain embodiments, a temperature that allows this at least one active region and these one or more getters to be cooled to the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material in this method comprises: allow this at least one active region to be cooled to ambient temperature by the radiation heat loss.In certain embodiments, a temperature that allows this at least one active region and these one or more getters to be cooled to the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material in this method comprises: allow this at least one active region to be cooled to about 250 degrees centigrade.

In certain embodiments, in this method these are passed through at least one active region of cooling that this connector is transferred to this structural region and the vacuum of having set up kept simultaneously in this tightness equipment comprises through one or more getters of cooling from this: move to this structural region in order to allow these one or more getters through cooling to pass this connector from this at least one active region through cooling with this connector is crooked.In certain embodiments, in this method these are passed through at least one active region of cooling that this connector is transferred to this structural region and the vacuum of having set up kept simultaneously in this tightness equipment comprises through one or more getters of cooling from this: this connector is crooked in order to change this through at least one active region of cooling and this structural region relative positioning about this connector.In certain embodiments, in this method these are passed through at least one active region of cooling that this connector is transferred to this structural region and the vacuum of having set up kept simultaneously in this tightness equipment comprises through one or more getters of cooling from this: these one or more getters through cooling are transferred in the inwall and a tightness space between the outer wall of this structural region.

In certain embodiments, the vacuum of in this method the connector between these zones separately being kept in this structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously of having set up comprises: seal this connector in a position adjacent with this structural region.In certain embodiments, the vacuum of in this method the connector between these zones separately being kept in this structural region that comprises the one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously of having set up comprises: disconnect this connector with this connector shrinkage and in this shrinkage position.

In certain embodiments, this method comprises: sealing material is added into this comprises on this adjacent connector surface that has separated of the structural region of one or more getters of cooling.In certain embodiments, this method comprises: set up in this structural region after the vacuum and this is heated to one with this structural region before active region at least and presets temperature and continue one period predetermined time in heating.In certain embodiments, heating this structural region comprises: with about 50 degrees centigrade interval this structural region is heated to this preset temperature.In certain embodiments, this method comprises: shifting this through before one or more getters of cooling this structural region being heated to a preset temperature and separately keeping this preset temperature in this connector.

Some embodiments comprise that this method comprises: assemble defining an outer wall in a tightness space and all in fact structure members of an inwall comprising of a storage device in fact for a kind of method of setting up and keep vacuum in a storage device; This storage device is attached on the tightness equipment, and this tightness equipment comprises that a getter active region containing one or more getters, vacuum pump and one may be operably coupled to connector on this tightness equipment with this storage device; Activate this vacuum pump in order in the tightness space of this storage device, set up a subatmospheric air pressure; This storage device is heated to predetermined temperature and continues one period scheduled time; This getter active region and this one or more getters are heated to an activationary temperature that is suitable for activating the one or more getters in this getter active region and continue the one section activationary time that is fit to and maintain the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously; Make this connector carry out deflection in order to this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, this getter active region is positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line basically in this relative position; Allow these one or more getters to fall in the tightness space of this storage device along this connector inside, keep the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously; The subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device with this connector is separately kept simultaneously in a near position this storage device.

Be used in storage device, setting up and keeping some embodiments of the method for vacuum at this, all in fact structure members that define the outer wall in a tightness space and an inwall comprising of this storage device are in fact assembled comprised: all structure members in fact of this storage device are assembled in order in this storage device, form this tightness space.In these some embodiments that are used in storage device, setting up and keeping the method for vacuum, activate this vacuum pump and comprise in order in the tightness space of this storage device, set up a subatmospheric air pressure: set up one and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2The air pressure of holder.

Be used in storage device, setting up and keeping some embodiments of the method for vacuum at this, this storage device be heated to a predetermined temperature and continue one period scheduled time and comprise: heat this storage device with about 50 degrees centigrade increment.Be used in storage device, setting up and keeping some embodiments of the method for vacuum at this, this storage device be heated to a predetermined temperature and continue one period scheduled time and comprise: this storage device is heated between about 130 degrees centigrade and about 150 degrees centigrade continues at least 100 hours.

Be used in storage device, setting up and keeping some embodiments of the method for vacuum at this, this getter active region and this one or more getters be heated to the one section activationary time that is suitable for activating an activationary temperature of these one or more getters and continues to be fit to comprise: this getter active region is heated to about 400 degrees centigrade temperature also continues at least 45 minutes.Be used for setting up and keeping some embodiments of the method for vacuum at this in storage device, this getter active region and this one or more getters are heated to be suitable for activating an activationary temperature of these one or more getters and to continue one section suitable activationary time comprise: a thermal source with this getter active region outside heats this getter active region.In these some embodiments that are used in storage device, setting up and keeping the method for vacuum, allow this getter active region and these one or more getters to be cooled to a predetermined temperature and comprise: allow this getter active region to be cooled to about 250 degrees centigrade by the radiation heat loss.

In these some embodiments that are used in storage device, setting up and keeping the method for vacuum, make this connector carry out deflection and comprise: make a zone adjacent with this getter active region of this connector carry out deflection.Be used for setting up and keeping some embodiments of the method for vacuum at this in storage device, the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up that separately keep this connector in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously a near position this storage device comprises: with the physically shrinkage and disconnect this connector in this physics shrinkage position of this connector.In these some embodiments that are used for setting up and keeping the method for vacuum in storage device, a near position this storage device separately comprises this connector: adopt a ultrasonic welding device.

Should comprise for some embodiments that in storage device, set up and keep the method for vacuum: after in the tightness space of this storage device, setting up subatmospheric air pressure, this storage device is heated to a predetermined temperature and continues one period scheduled time.Some embodiments that should be used for setting up and keep the method for vacuum in storage device comprise: monitor the air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device.Should comprise for some embodiments that in storage device, set up and keep the method for vacuum: monitor the air pressure in this connector.Should comprise for some embodiments that in storage device, set up and keep the method for vacuum: sealing material is added into this connector surface of having separated adjacent with this storage device.

That mention in this manual and/or all above U. S. Patents, U.S. Patent Application Publication thing, U.S. Patent application, foreign patent, foreign patent application and the non-patent publications listed in any application materials table with on the degree that this paper conflicts be not combined in this by reference.

Person of skill in the art will appreciate that constituent element described herein (as operation), device, object and the discussion of following are used as the example that makes clear concept, and considered various configuration modification.Therefore, as use herein, listed instantiation and the discussion of following are intended to represent their more general classification.Generally speaking, the use of any instantiation all is intended to represent its classification, and partly (as operation), device and object should not be regarded as limiting not comprise specific composition.

In general sense, person of skill in the art will appreciate that, described herein, can be by diversified hardware, software, firmware and/or their any combination individually and/or these different aspects of collectively implementing can be considered to be and constituted by dissimilar " circuit ".Therefore, " circuit " as used herein includes but not limited to: the circuit with at least one discrete circuit, circuit with at least one intergrated circuit, circuit with at least one specific integrated circuit, formed by the circuit of the general-purpose computations device of computer program configuration (as, by the general computer of computer program configuration, it carries out method described here and/or device at least in part; Perhaps by the microprocessor of computer program configuration, it carries out method described here and/or device at least in part), (as the storage of various ways (for example formed the circuit of storage device, random access, flash memory, read-only etc.)), and/or formed communicator circuit (as, modulator-demodulator, communication switch, optical equipment etc.).Person of skill in the art will appreciate that theme described herein can make up to realize by certain of similar or digital (digital) mode or they.

Person of skill in the art will appreciate that at least a portion can be incorporated in the image processing system in device described herein and/or the method.Person of skill in the art will appreciate that, a typical image processing system generally comprises with the next item down or multinomial: system unit housing, video display devices, storage be loss tendency or nonvolatile memory, processor such as microprocessor or DSP digital signal processor, computational entity such as operation system, driver, application program, one or more interactive device (as touch pad, touch screen, antenna etc.) for example, control system (comprising feedback control loop and control motor) (as, for the feedback of sensing lens position and/or speed; Be used for mobile/distortion lens to form the control motor of required focus).An image processing system can utilize suitable can implementing by the commercial parts that obtain, for example those that the typical case exists in digital still system and/or digital dynamic system.

Person of skill in the art will appreciate that at least a portion can be incorporated in the data processing system in device described herein and/or the method.Person of skill in the art will appreciate that, data processing system generally comprises with the next item down or multinomial: system unit housing, video display devices, storage for example loss tendency or nonvolatile memory, processor such as microprocessor or DSP digital signal processor, computational entity such as operation system, driver, graphic user interface and application program, one or more interactive device (as touch pad, touch screen, antenna etc.) and/or control system (comprising feedback control loop and control motor) (as, be used for the feedback of sense position and/or speed; The control motor that is used for movement/adjustment component and/or amount).One number can utilize suitable can implementing by the commercial parts that obtain, for example those that the typical case exists in data computation/communication and/or network calculations/communications system according to processing system.

About appended claim, it be to be appreciated that those skilled in the art that the operation of wherein quoting from can carry out by any order usually.And, though by one or more orders different operating processes has been proposed, when it should be understood that these different operations can carry out or can be carried out simultaneously by other order except showing.That the example of alternately graded like this can comprise is overlapping, staggered, interrupt, minor sort, cumulative, preparation, that replenish, simultaneously, order that put upside down or that other are different again, unless context is indicated in addition.In addition, as " in response to ", " relevant for " or the modification of other preterite adjectives not being intended to usually get rid of, unless context is indicated in addition.

About any plural number and/or singular references basically as used herein, those skilled in the art can be according to this background and/or the suitable situation of the application are converted to plural number from complex conversion to odd number and/or from odd number.For the purpose of clear, clearly do not list the various displacements of singular/plural at this.

Though to showing aspect this illustrated theme of the present invention concrete and illustrating, but those skilled in the art will be clear that, the content of teaching based on this paper, can make change do not deviate from revising the theme of this explanation and more wide aspect, and therefore, claims will be in its encompasses all such variation and modifications, within the true spirit and scope just as the theme that is in this explanation.Those skilled in the art will be appreciated that, in general, this and the term that especially in claims (as: appended patent claims), uses be intended to generally as " opening " term (as: term " comprise (including) " and should be understood as that " including but not limited to ", term " has " should be understood as that " having at least ", and term " contains (includes) " and should be understood as that " contain but be not limited to " etc.).It will be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art that, if desirable is a claim citation content of introducing of given number, then this intention will clearly be quoted from this claim, and does not have a this intention in that the situation that lacks this citation content is next.For example, for helping to understand, following claims may comprise the use to these introductory phrases " at least one " and " one or more ", to be used for introducing the citation content of claim.Yet, the use of such phrase Should not be interpreted asHinting that passing through indefinite article " or a kind of (a/an) " introduces any specific rights that a claim citation content just will contain this claim citation part of introducing and require to be constrained to and contain only this citation claim partly, even when in this claim, comprising introductory phrase " one or more " or " at least one " and indefinite article such as " one or a kind of (a/an) " (for example, " one or/or a kind of (a/an) " should typically be interpreted into and refer to " at least one " or " one or more "); Use for the definite article that is used for introducing claim citation content is like this equally.In addition, an even claim citation content of introducing clearly having quoted from given number, those skilled in the art still will be appreciated that, this citation content typically should be interpreted into and refer to be at least the number of quoting from (for example, the pure citation to " two citation contents " typically refers at least two citation contents or two or more citation contents when not having other modifiers).In addition, be similar in use under those situations of idiomatic expression of " at least one among A, B and the C etc. ", idiomatic expression on the meaning that common such structure is intended to it will be understood by those skilled in the art that (as, " system of at least one among a kind of A of having, B and the C " will including but not limited to only have A, only have B, only have C, have A and B, have A and C, have B and C and/or have the system of A, B and C, etc.).Be similar in use under those situations of idiomatic expression of " at least one among A, B or the C etc. ", usually the idiomatic expression on such structure meaning of being intended to it will be understood to those of skill in the art that (as, " having at least one the system among A, B and the C " will including but not limited to only have A, only have B, only have C, have A and B, have A and C, have B and C and/or have system of A, B and C etc.).What those skilled in the art will be further understood that is, disjunctive and/or the phrase of representing two or more substituting terms, though specification, claims, or accompanying drawing in, all should be understood as that and consider of comprising in these terms, any one of these terms or the possibility of whole two terms, unless context is indicated in addition.For example, phrase " A or B " typically will be understood that to have comprised the possibility of " A " or " B " or " A and B ".

What theme described herein was showed sometimes is included in the different miscellaneous parts or the different parts continuous with different miscellaneous parts.It is to be appreciated that the structure of Miao Shuing only is exemplary like this, and in fact can use many other the structures that to obtain said function.On the meaning of concept, any parts arrangement that is used for the acquisition identical function " is associated " all effectively so that desired function is achieved.Therefore, can be considered to be each other " being associated " for obtaining specific function at any two parts of this combination, irrelevant with structure or intermediate member so that desired function is achieved.Similarly, any two parts that are associated so also can be considered to each other " being operably connected " or " operationally connecting " with the acquisition desired function, and any two parts that can be associated like this can be considered to each other " operationally attachable " equally to obtain desired function.Operationally attachable instantiation include but not limited to physically can to mate and/or interactional parts physically.

Although this disclosed different aspect and embodiment, other aspect and embodiment will be clearly for a person skilled in the art.These different aspects disclosed here and embodiment are for the purpose of showing and are not intended to limit that real scope and spirit are pointed out by following claims.

Claims (24)

1. equipment comprises:

A storage material module, this storage material module comprises a plurality of storage elements that are configured for the one or more medical article units of storage, and this storage material module comprises that one is configured for a surface on the surface of reversibly mating the memory structure in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel and comprises a surface that is configured for the surface of reversibly mating a stabilizer unit;

A stable storing device unit, this stable storing device unit is configured for this surface of reversibly mating this storage material module;

A storage material module lid, this storage material module lid are configured at least one surperficial in this a plurality of storage elements that reversibly mate in this storage material module and are configured for a surface of reversibly mating this at least one stable storing device unit; And

A central stabilizer unit, this central authorities' stabilizer unit is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this storage material module lid, wherein should central authorities' stabilizer unit has certain size and shape in order to fill a passage in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in fact.

2. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel comprises:

An outer assembly, this outer assembly comprises:

Define an outer wall of a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in fact, this outer wall defines a single outer cinclides in fact;

Define an inwall of a thermosealed in fact storage area in fact, this inwall defines a single interior cinclides in fact;

This inwall and this outer wall at interval a segment distance and define a space in fact;

Be disposed at least one the ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material part in this space;

Formed a connector of a passage that connects this single outer cinclides and this single interior cinclides; And

Lead to of this thermosealed in fact storage area single enter the hole, wherein this is single, and to enter the hole be terminal a restriction by this passage; And

An inner assembly in this thermosealed in fact storage area, this inner assembly comprises:

A memory structure, this memory structure are configured for and receive and store a plurality of modules, wherein these a plurality of modules comprise at least one heat spreader module and at least one storage material module both;

A storage material module that comprises a plurality of storage elements, this storage material module comprise and are configured for a surface of reversibly mating this memory structure in the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel;

At least one stable storing device unit, this stable storing device unit is configured for a surface of reversibly mating this storage material module;

A storage material module lid, this storage material module lid are configured at least one in these a plurality of storage elements that reversibly mate in this storage material module and are configured for reversibly mates this at least one stabilizer unit; And

A central stabilizer unit, this central authorities' stabilizer unit may be operably coupled on this storage material module lid, wherein should central authorities' stabilizer unit be oriented to fill in fact this passage.

3. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 2, wherein this connector is a flexible connector.

4. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 2, wherein this space comprises:

Has the 5x10 of being less than or equal to ^-4The space of the emptying in fact of the pressure of holder.

5. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 2, wherein this at least one ultra high efficiency thermoinsulation material partly comprises multilayer insulant (" MLI ").

6. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 2, wherein this thermosealed in fact storage area is configured to remain to be maintained passively under the temperature between 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade and continues at least 30 days.

7. thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel as claimed in claim 2, wherein this a plurality of storage elements in this storage material module are configured for separately and store medical product bottle.

8. a size that has and a transportation stabilizer unit that the thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel that has a flexible connector is corresponding, this transportation stabilizer unit comprises:

Lid with a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall that covers a thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel that comprises a flexible connector in fact, this lid comprises a surface, and this surface is configured near the outer surface that reversibly mates this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel the outside opening in this outer wall;

A central hole in this lid;

A near reversible fastening unit the central hole of this lid, this reversible fastening unit are oriented to for an axle is fastened in the central hole of this lid;

A wall, this wall define the diameter of section that has in fact less than a tubular structure of the minimum diameter of this flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, and an end of this tubular structure operationally is attached on this lid;

A hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, this edge this tubular structure be positioned at from this tubular structure operationally be attached to end on this lid, less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector;

A positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has be less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, and the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than the combination with the wall length between the edge in the surface of this lid and this hole in this wall of the thickness of this lid;

An internal surface of this wall, this internal surface defines an inner region in fact;

A pivot unit, this pivot unit operationally are attached on the terminal area of this positioning shaft and are positioned in this inner region;

A support unit, this support unit operationally is attached on this pivot unit, and this support unit has and is engaged in when certain size and shape should the pivot unit be rotated in one direction with box lunch in this inner region and should the pivot unit rotates about 90 in another direction with box lunch and stretch out when spending and pass this hole in this wall;

Have a stub area of a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface that reversibly mates a hole in a memory structure in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel;

A base grip end in the end of this stub area; And

A stretching unit that is used for this base grip end, this stretching unit are configured for a side that maintains the surface that is substantially perpendicular to this lid at the inwall of this this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel of base grip end antagonism and upward pressure.

9. equipment comprises:

Thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel with flexible connector; And

The stabilizer unit that the size that has is corresponding to this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, this stabilizer unit comprises:

A lid with a certain size and shape, this lid is configured for an outside opening in the outer wall that covers this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel in fact, this lid comprises a surface, and this surface is configured near the outer surface that reversibly mates this outer wall this outside opening;

A central hole in this lid;

A wall, this wall define the diameter of section that has in fact less than a tubular structure of the minimum diameter of this flexible connector of this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel, and an end of this tubular structure operationally is attached on this lid;

A hole in this wall, wherein this hole comprises an edge, this edge this tubular structure be positioned at from this tubular structure operationally be attached to end on this lid, less than a position of the extreme length of this flexible connector;

A positioning shaft, the diameter of section that this positioning shaft has be less than the diameter of section of the central hole of this lid, and the length that this positioning shaft has is greater than the combination with the wall length between the edge in the surface of this lid and the hole in this wall of the thickness of this lid;

A reversible fastening unit operationally is attached on this lid near the zone this reversible fastening unit hole in this lid and is oriented to for operationally being attached to this positioning shaft;

An internal surface of this wall, this internal surface defines an inner region in fact;

A pivot unit, this pivot unit operationally are attached on the terminal area of this positioning shaft and are positioned in this inner region;

A support unit, this support unit operationally is attached on this pivot unit, and this support unit has and is engaged in when certain size and shape should the pivot unit be rotated in one direction with box lunch in this inner region and should the pivot unit stretches out when another direction is rotated and pass this hole in this wall with box lunch;

Have a stub area of a certain size and shape, this stub area is configured for the internal surface that reversibly mates a hole in a memory structure in this thermosealed in fact reservoir vessel;

At a base grip end of the end of this stub area, this base grip end comprises a surface, and this surface friction factor with respect to the surface of the inwall of this container under the temperature between 2 degrees centigrade and 8 degrees centigrade is greater than one;

A stretching unit that is used for this base grip end, this stretching unit are configured for a side that maintains the surface that is substantially perpendicular to this lid at the inwall of this this container of base grip end antagonism and upward pressure.

10. equipment comprises:

A structural region of being made by heat sensitive material, this structural region comprise an outer wall and inwall and a tightness space between this outer wall and this inwall;

An active region of being made by heat-resistant material, this active region comprises one or more getters;

Be attached on this structural region and be attached to a connector on this active region, this connector comprises that a flexure region and one are configured for the zone that this structural region is sealed and separates with respect to this active region; And

Operationally be attached to a vacuum pump on this connector.

11. equipment as claimed in claim 10, wherein this structural region comprises:

A storage device.

12. equipment as claimed in claim 10, wherein this tightness space comprises:

Multilayer insulant.

13. equipment as claimed in claim 10, wherein this tightness space comprises:

Be in and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2Gas under the pressure of holder.

14. equipment as claimed in claim 10, wherein these one or more getters comprise:

The getter material of non-vaporising.

15. equipment as claimed in claim 10, wherein this vacuum pump is enough to inside with this structural region, this active region and this connector and empties to and be less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2The air pressure of holder.

16. equipment as claimed in claim 10 comprises:

A bubble-tight continuous space in this structural region, this active region and this connector inside separately.

17. a method comprises:

In a tightness equipment, set up vacuum, structural region that this equipment comprises at least one active region of being made by heat-resistant material, made by heat sensitive material and a connector between these zones;

This at least one active region is heated to the one section activationary time that is suitable for the activationary temperature that the one or more getters in this at least one active region are activated and continues to be fit to, keeps the vacuum of having set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously;

Allow this at least one active region and these one or more getters to be cooled to a temperature with the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material;

These one or more getters through cooling are passed this connector from this be transferred to this structural region through at least one active region of cooling, keep the vacuum of having set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously; And

Connector between these zones is separated, keep the vacuum of having set up in this structural region that comprises this one or more getters through cooling off simultaneously.

18. method as claimed in claim 17, wherein this vacuum of setting up comprises:

Foundation is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2The air pressure of holder.

19. method as claimed in claim 17 wherein is heated to this at least one active region an activationary temperature and lasting one section suitable activationary time of being suitable for the one or more getters in this at least one active region are activated and comprises:

This at least one active region is heated to about 400 degrees centigrade temperature and continues at least 45 minutes.

20. method as claimed in claim 17, a temperature that wherein allows this at least one active region and these one or more getters to be cooled to the structure stability compatibility of this heat sensitive material comprises:

Allow this at least one active region to be cooled to ambient temperature by the radiation heat loss.

21. method as claimed in claim 17, wherein these one or more getters through cooling are passed this connector from this through at least one active region of cooling and be transferred to this structural region and keep the vacuum of having set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously, this comprises:

This connector bending is moved to this structural region in order to allow these one or more getters through cooling to pass this connector from this through at least one active region of cooling.

22. method as claimed in claim 17, wherein these one or more getters through cooling are passed this connector from this through at least one active region of cooling and be transferred to this structural region and keep the vacuum of having set up in this tightness equipment simultaneously, this comprises:

This connector is crooked in order to change this at least one active region through cooling off with respect to the relative positioning of this structural region about this connector.

23. a method that is used for setting up and keeping vacuum in storage device comprises:

All in fact structure members of a storage device are assembled, and these structure members comprise an outer wall and inwall that defines a tightness space in fact;

This storage device is attached on the tightness equipment, and this tightness equipment comprises a getter active region containing one or more getters, vacuum pump and this storage device be may be operably coupled to a connector on this tightness equipment;

Activate this vacuum pump in order in the tightness space of this storage device, set up a subatmospheric air pressure;

This storage device is heated to predetermined temperature and continues one period scheduled time;

This getter active region and this one or more getters are heated to an activationary temperature that is suitable for activating these the one or more getters in this getter active region and continue one section suitable activationary time, maintain the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously;

Allow this getter active region and this one or more getters to be cooled to a predetermined temperature;

Make this connector carry out deflection in order to this storage device and this getter active region are moved to a relative position, this getter active region is positioned at above this storage device and this connector is straight line basically in this relative position;

Allow among these one or more getters fall to tightness space in this storage device along this connector inside, keep the subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device simultaneously;

The subatmospheric air pressure of having set up in the tightness space of this storage device with this connector is separately kept simultaneously in a near position this storage device.

24. method as claimed in claim 23 wherein activates this vacuum pump in order to set up a subatmospheric air pressure in the tightness space of this storage device, this comprises:

Foundation is less than or equal to 1x10 ^-2The air pressure of holder.

Images